FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Intel Wireless-AC 9560

 

E15265 First Edition / May 2019 User Guide E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 1 2019/5/20 04:19:37 Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The top view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 13 model Array microphones Camera/IR Camera Display panel Power button Power indicator Keyboard Touchpad/

Touch numeric keypad

(on selected models)/

Screenpad Function key lock indicator Capital lock indicator 2 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 2 2019/5/20 04:19:37 Notebook PC User Guide 14 model Array microphones Camera/IR Camera Display panel Power button Power indicator Keyboard Touchpad/

Touch numeric keypad

(on selected models)/

Screenpad 3 Function key lock indicator Capital lock indicator E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 3 2019/5/20 04:19:37 Notebook PC User Guide Array microphones Camera/IR Camera Display panel Power button Power indicator Numeric keypad Keyboard Touchpad/Screenpad Function key lock indicator Capital lock indicator 15 model 4 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 4 2019/5/20 04:19:38 Notebook PC User Guide I/O ports and slots 13 model 14 model Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack HDMI port USB 3.1 Gen 2 port USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C port USB 2.0 port MicroSD card slot Power (DC) input port 15 model Memory card reader USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C/

DisplayPort* combo port USB 3.1 Gen 2 port HDMI port Power (DC) input port USB 3.1 Gen 1 port

* On selected models Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack 5 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 5 2019/5/20 04:19:39 Notebook PC User Guide Getting started 1. Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power (DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. 2. Lift to open the display panel 3. Press the power button Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. 6 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 6 2019/5/20 04:19:39 Notebook PC User Guide Safety notices for your Notebook PC WARNING!

The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. CAUTION!

This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. The power adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT!

Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to a grounded power adapter before turning it on for the first time. When using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode, the socket outlet must be near to the unit and easily accessible. Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Power adapter information:

- Input voltage: 100-240Vac

- Input frequency: 50-60Hz

- Rating output current: 13/14: 3.42A (65W) 15: 3.42A (65W) UMA / 6A (120W) dGPU

- Rating output voltage: 13/14: 19V 15: 19V / 20V WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device

(for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. This battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 7 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 7 2019/5/20 04:19:39 Notebook PC User Guide Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. Copyright Information You acknowledge that all rights of this Manual remain with ASUS. Any and all rights, including without limitation, in the Manual or website, are and shall remain the exclusive property of ASUS and/or its licensors. Nothing in this Manual intends to transfer any such rights, or to vest any such rights to you. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. Copyright 2019 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Limitation of Liability Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. Service and Support For complete E-Manual version, refer to our multi-language website at:

https://www.asus.com/support/

8 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 8 2019/5/20 04:19:39 Notebook PC User Guide FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency

(RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard for wireless device employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 9 2019/5/20 04:19:39 9 Notebook PC User Guide UL Safety Notices DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with: Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations, EU REACH SVHC, Korea RoHS Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 10 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 10 2019/5/20 04:19:39 Notebook PC User Guide ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 11 2019/5/20 04:19:39 11 Notebook PC User Guide Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. 12 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 12 2019/5/20 04:19:40 Notebook PC User Guide Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR RF Exposure information (SAR) This device meets the EU requirements (2014/53/EU) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. A minimum separation distance of 1 cm must be maintained between the users body and the device, including the antenna during body-worn operation to comply with the RF exposure requirements in Europe. 13 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 13 2019/5/20 04:19:40 Notebook PC User Guide Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC COMPLIANCE INFORMATION Per FCC Part 2 Section 2.1077 Responsible Party: Asus Computer International Address:

Phone/Fax No:

48720 Kato Rd., Fremont, CA 94538

(510)739-3777/(510)608-4555 hereby declares that the product Product Name :

Model Number :

ZenBook UX334F, U3600F, BX334F, UX434F, U4600F, BX434F, UX534F, BX534F compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ver. 180125 14 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 14 2019/5/20 04:19:40 Notebook PC User Guide RED RF Output table 13 model Function WiFi Bluetooth 14 model Function WiFi Bluetooth 15 model Function WiFi Bluetooth Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 14 dBm 13 dBm 13 dBm 6 dBm 10 dBm Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 15 dBm 16 dBm 15 dBm 8 dBm 8 dBm Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 12 dBm 18 dBm 20 dBm 10 dBm 7 dBm For the standard EN 300 440 V2.1.1, if this device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a receiver category 2. E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 15 2019/5/20 04:19:40 15 Notebook PC User Guide 16 E15265_UX334_434_534_UM_16pages.indd 16 2019/5/20 04:19:40 Notebook PC User Guide

 

 

E14931 First Edition / October 2018 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2018 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................18 Left Side .............................................................................................................................20 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................24 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................24 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................26 Press the power button ................................................................................................26 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................27 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................27 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................30 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................37 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................37 Function keys ...................................................................................................................38 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................40 Start menu ...................................................................................................................41 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................43 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................44 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................44 Task view .......................................................................................................................47 Snap feature ................................................................................................................48 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................48 Action Center ..............................................................................................................50 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................51 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................53 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................53 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................54 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................55 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................56 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................57 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................60 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................60 BIOS ................................................................................................................................60 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................61 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................62 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................71 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................72 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................76 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................77 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................80 Appendices DVD-ROM Drive Information ......................................................................................84 Blu-ray ROM Drive Information .................................................................................86 Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................86 Overview ............................................................................................................................87 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................87 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................87 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................90 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................91 RF Exposure Information (SAR) ..................................................................................91 RF Exposure information (SAR) - CE .........................................................................92 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................93 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................93 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................94 Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) .................94 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................94 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................95 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................96 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................96 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................96 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................96 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................96 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................97 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................98 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................100 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................100 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................101 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................101 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................101 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................101 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................102 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................102 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................102 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................102 National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines .....................103 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................103 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel (on selected models).

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera indicator The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in use. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. Display panel This high-definition display panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. Touch screen panel (on selected models) This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using touch screen panel gestures section in this manual. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Fingerprint sensor This built-in fingerprint sensor captures your fingerprint and uses it as biometric authentication for logging on to your Notebook PCs system. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C/Thunderbolt 3/

Power (DC) input combo port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Use a Thunderbolt 3 adapter to connect your Notebook PC to a DisplayPort, VGA, DVI, or HDMI external display and experience high-resolution display features via Intel Thunderbolt technology. Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! It may take longer to fully charge your Notebook PC through a low-voltage power source. Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Headphone/Headset jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset. NOTE: This port does not support three-conductor 3.5 mm microphones. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C/DisplayPort/

Power (DC) input combo port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Use a USB Type-C adapter to connect your Notebook PC to an external display. Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! It may take longer to fully charge your Notebook PC through a low-voltage power source. Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual 22 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 23 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 3.25A (65W) Rating output voltage: 20V 24 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 26 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE:

The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. The touch screen panel is available on selected models. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-

click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 30 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 32 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Home key End key Page up key Page down key Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Other key combination Toggles the scroll lock key Simulates the system request key Simulates the pause key Simulates the break key Displays the drop-down menu 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.

, then select Resize and select an app Press tile size. Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press

, then select Unpin from Start. 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press

, then select Pin to taskbar. Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10.

\

Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Opens the Share panel Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen Opens Narrator Settings 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

or 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 59 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. 1. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Fast Boot [Enabled]

Boot Option Priorities Boot Option #1 [Windows Boot Manager]

Add New Boot Option Delete Boot Option Sets the system boot order

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 62 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Fast Boot [Enabled]

Boot Option Priorities Boot Option #1 [Windows Boot Manager]

Add New Boot Option Delete Boot Option Boot Option #1 Windows Boot Manager Disabled Sets the system boot order

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 63 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:

If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering your Notebook PC's operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Password Description If ONLY the Administrators password is set, then this only limits access to Setup and is only asked for when entering Setup. If ONLY the Users password is set, then this is a power on password and must be entered to boot or enter Setup. In Setup, the User will have Administrator rights. Administrator Password Status NOT INSTALLED User Password Status NOT INSTALLED Administrator Password User Password I/O Interface Security Secure Boot Set Administrator Password. The password length must be in the following range:

Minimum length 3 Maximum length 20 Must type with character:

a-z, 0-9

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 64 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:

1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press

. Re-type to confirm the password then press

. To clear the password:

1. 2. 3. 4. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press

. Leave the Create New Password field blank then press

. Select Yes in the confirmation box then press

. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual I/O Interface Security In the Security menu, you can access I/O Interface Security to lock or unlock some interface functions of your Notebook PC. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit I/O Interface Security LAN Network Interface [UnLock]

Wireless Network Interface [UnLock]

HD AUDIO Interface [UnLock]

USB Interface Security LAN Network Interface Lock UnLock If Locked, LAN controller will be disabled.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. To lock an interface:

1. On the Security screen, select I/O Interface Security. 2. Select an interface you would like to lock then press

. 3. Select Lock. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual USB Interface Security Through the I/O Interface Security menu, you can also access USB Interface Security to lock or unlock ports and devices. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit USB Interface Security USB Interface [UnLock]

External Ports [UnLock]

CMOS Camera [UnLock]

Card Reader [UnLock]

USB Interface Lock UnLock If Locked, all USB device will be disabled

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. To lock the USB interface:

1. On the Security screen, select I/O Interface Security > USB Interface Security. 2. Select an interface that you would like to lock then select Lock. NOTE: Setting the USB Interface to Lock also locks and hides the External Ports and other devices included under USB Interface Security. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Save Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Save Options Save Changes Discard Changes Restore Defaults Boot Override Windows Boot Manager Launch EFI Shell from filesystem device Exit system setup after saving the changes.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press

. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Internal Pointing Device [Enabled]

Fn Lock Option [Enabled]

Wake On Lid Open [Enabled]

Intel Virtualization Technology [Enabled]

Intel AES-NI [Enabled]

VT-d [Enabled]

ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility SMART Settings Network Stack Configuration USB Configuration Graphics Configuration SATA Configuration NVMe Configuration Press Enter to run the utility to select and update BIOS.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press

. ASUSTek EasyFlash Utility FLASH TYPE : Generic Flash Type Current BIOS Platform : UX391F Version : 200 Build Date : 08/15/2018 Build Time : 11:51:05 New BIOS Platform : Unknown Version : Unknown Build Date : Unknown Build Time : Unknown 0 EFI

<DIR>

FSO FS1 FS2 FS3 FS4

[] : Switch [] : Choose [q] : Exit [Enter] : Enter/Execute 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual 74 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 75 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PC s battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual 82 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 83 Notebook PC E-Manual DVD-ROM Drive Information The DVD-ROM drive allows you to view and create your own CDs and DVDs. You can purchase an optional DVD viewer software to view DVD titles. NOTE: The DVD-ROM Drive is available on selected models. Regional Playback Information Playback of DVD movie titles involves decoding MPEG2 video, digital AC3 audio and decryption of CSS protected content. CSS (sometimes called copy guard) is the name given to the content protection scheme adopted by the motion picture industry to satisfy a need to protect against unlawful content duplication. Although the design rules imposed on CSS licensors are many, one rule that is most relevant is playback restrictions on regionalized content. In order to facilitate geographically staggered movie releases, DVD video titles are released for specific geographic regions as defined in Region Definitions below. Copyright laws require that all DVD movies be limited to a particular region (usually coded to the region at which it is sold). While DVD movie content may be released for multiple regions, CSS design rules require that any system capable of playing CSS encrypted content must only be capable of playing one region. IMPORTANT! The region setting may be changed up to five times using the viewer software, then it can only play DVD movies for the last region setting. Changing the region code after that will require factory resetting which is not covered by warranty. If resetting is desired, shipping and resetting costs will be at the expense of the user. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Region Definitions Region 1 Canada, US, US Territories Region 2 Czech, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Gulf States, Hungary, Iceland, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Turkey, UK, Greece, Former Yugoslav Republics, Slovakia Region 3 Burma, Indonesia, South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam Region 4 Australia, Caribbean (Except US Territories), Central America, New Zealand, Pacific Islands, South America Region 5 CIS, India, Pakistan, Rest of Africa, Russia, North Korea Region 6 China 85 Notebook PC E-Manual Blu-ray ROM Drive Information The Blu-ray ROM Drive allows you to view HD (High-Definition) videos and other disc file formats such as DVDs and CDs. NOTE: The Blu-ray ROM Drive is available on selected models. Region Definitions Region A North, Central and South American countries, and their territories; Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macao, Japan, Korea (South and North), South East Asian countries and their territories. Region B European, African, and South West Asian countries and their territories; Australia and New Zealand. Region C Central, South Asian, Eastern European countries and their territories; China and Mongolia. NOTE: Refer to Blu-ray Disc website at www.blu-raydisc.com/en/Technical/FAQs/Blu-rayDiscforVideo.aspx for more details. Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 88 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) 90 Notebook PC E-Manual FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure information (SAR) - CE This device meets the EU requirements (1999/519/EC) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada

(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par cet appareil sans fil est infrieure la limite dexposition aux frquences radio dIndustrie Canada (IC). Utilisez lappareil sans fil de faon minimiser les contacts humains lors dun fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et dmontr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit dabsorption spcifique) dIC lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition des appareils portables. De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient crer des interfrences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.472 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through Ch13 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 94 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 95 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 96 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 97 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 98 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 99 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep within 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse or press any key on the keyboard. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 100 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 101 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 102 Notebook PC E-Manual National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines This ASUS product complies with NTC Standards. ESD-XXXXXXXX Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 103 Notebook PC E-Manual 104 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E15131 First Edition / March 2019 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2019 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................18 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................20 Left Side .............................................................................................................................22 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................26 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................26 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................28 Press the power button ................................................................................................28 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................29 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................29 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................32 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................39 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................39 Function keys ...................................................................................................................40 Windows 10 keys ..........................................................................................................40 Using the numeric keypad ..........................................................................................41 Rotating the display panel .....................................................................................42 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................46 Start menu ...................................................................................................................47 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................49 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................50 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................50 Task view .......................................................................................................................53 Snap feature ................................................................................................................54 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................54 Action Center ..............................................................................................................56 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................57 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................59 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................59 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................60 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................61 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................62 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................63 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................66 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................66 BIOS ................................................................................................................................66 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................67 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................68 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................77 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................78 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................82 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................83 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................86 Appendices Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................90 Overview ............................................................................................................................90 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................91 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................91 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................93 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................94 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................95 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................95 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................96 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................96 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................97 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................98 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................98 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................98 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................98 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................98 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................99 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................100 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................102 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................102 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................103 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................103 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................103 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................103 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................104 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................104 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................104 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................105 National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines .....................105 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. IR Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. The IR Camera also supports Windows Hello. NOTE: The red IR LED blinks in the process while data is being read before you sign in with Windows Hello facial recognition. 360-adjustable touch screen panel Your Notebook PCs touch screen panel can be adjusted all the way into a 360 angle. This feature allows you to quickly turn your device from a Notebook PC into a touch-enabled tablet PC. This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details on how to turn your Notebook PC into a tablet device, refer to the Rotating the display panel section in this manual. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. Screenpad The screenpad allows you to toggle another screen for the touchpad, providing more adaptive controls. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. Numeric keypad The numeric keypad toggles between these two functions: for numeric input and as pointer direction keys. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the numeric keypad section in this manual. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side USB 3.1 Gen 1 Type-C port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side Memory card reader This built-in memory card reader supports SD card formats. USB 2.0 port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers. Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

22 Notebook PC E-Manual Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 6.32A (120W) Rating output voltage: 19V 26 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE: The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-

click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 32 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad/screenpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the numeric keypad NOTE: The numeric keypad layout may differ by model or territory but the usage procedures remain the same. A numeric keypad is available on selected Notebook PC models. You can use this keypad for numeric input or as pointer direction keys. Press to toggle between using the keypad as number keys or as pointer direction keys. 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Rotating the display panel Your Notebook PCs display panel is adjustable up to 360 degrees. You may adjust the display panel as shown below. 360 degrees adjustable Notebook PC mode 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Stand mode Tent mode Tablet mode NOTE: Rotating the screen to Stand, Tent and Tablet mode will disable the keyboard and touchpad. 43 Notebook PC E-Manual 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Resize and select an app tile size.

(on selected models), then Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Unpin from Start.

(on selected models), then 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Pin to taskbar.

(on selected models), then Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press or

(on selected models) on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10. Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

or 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 63 Notebook PC E-Manual 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 65 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. 1. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Fast Boot [Enabled]

Boot Option Priorities Boot Option #1 [Windows Boot Manager]

Add New Boot Option Delete Boot Option Sets the system boot order

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Fast Boot [Enabled]

Boot Option Priorities Boot Option #1 [Windows Boot Manager]

Add New Boot Option Delete Boot Option Boot Option #1 Windows Boot Manager Disabled Sets the system boot order

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:

If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering your Notebook PC's operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Password Description If ONLY the Administrators password is set, then this only limits access to Setup and is only asked for when entering Setup. If ONLY the Users password is set, then this is a power on password and must be entered to boot or enter Setup. In Setup, the User will have Administrator rights. Administrator Password Status NOT INSTALLED User Password Status NOT INSTALLED Administrator Password User Password I/O Interface Security Secure Boot Set Administrator Password. The password length must be in the following range:

Minimum length 3 Maximum length 20 Must type with character:

a-z, 0-9

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:

1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press

. Re-type to confirm the password then press

. To clear the password:

1. 2. 3. 4. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press

. Leave the Create New Password field blank then press

. Select Yes in the confirmation box then press

. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual I/O Interface Security In the Security menu, you can access I/O Interface Security to lock or unlock some interface functions of your Notebook PC. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit I/O Interface Security LAN Network Interface [UnLock]

Wireless Network Interface [UnLock]

HD AUDIO Interface [UnLock]

USB Interface Security LAN Network Interface Lock UnLock If Locked, LAN controller will be disabled.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. To lock an interface:

1. On the Security screen, select I/O Interface Security. 2. Select an interface you would like to lock then press

. 3. Select Lock. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual USB Interface Security Through the I/O Interface Security menu, you can also access USB Interface Security to lock or unlock ports and devices. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit USB Interface Security USB Interface [UnLock]

External Ports [UnLock]

CMOS Camera [UnLock]

Card Reader [UnLock]

USB Interface Lock UnLock If Locked, all USB device will be disabled

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. To lock the USB interface:

1. On the Security screen, select I/O Interface Security > USB Interface Security. 2. Select an interface that you would like to lock then select Lock. NOTE: Setting the USB Interface to Lock also locks and hides the External Ports and other devices included under USB Interface Security. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Save Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Save Options Save Changes Discard Changes Restore Defaults Boot Override Windows Boot Manager Launch EFI Shell from filesystem device Exit system setup after saving the changes.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press

. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Internal Pointing Device [Enabled]

Fn Lock Option [Enabled]

Wake On Lid Open [Enabled]

Intel Virtualization Technology [Enabled]

Intel AES-NI [Enabled]

VT-d [Enabled]

ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility SMART Settings Network Stack Configuration USB Configuration Graphics Configuration SATA Configuration NVMe Configuration Press Enter to run the utility to select and update BIOS.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press

. ASUSTek EasyFlash Utility FLASH TYPE : Generic Flash Type Current BIOS Platform : UX562FDX Version : 200 Build Date : 08/15/2018 Build Time : 11:51:05 New BIOS Platform : Unknown Version : Unknown Build Date : Unknown Build Time : Unknown 0 EFI

<DIR>

FSO FS1 FS2 FS3 FS4

[] : Switch [] : Choose [q] : Exit [Enter] : Enter/Execute 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual 80 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 81 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 82 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 83 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 85 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual 88 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 89 Notebook PC E-Manual Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. 90 Notebook PC E-Manual Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 92 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 95 Notebook PC E-Manual Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.472 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through Ch13 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 96 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 98 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 99 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 100 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 101 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep after 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 102 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. 103 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 104 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines This ASUS product complies with NTC Standards. ESD-XXXXXXXX 105 Notebook PC E-Manual 106 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E15630 Revised Edition V2 / June 2019 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2019 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................21 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................24 Left Side .............................................................................................................................28 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................32 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................32 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................34 Press the power button ................................................................................................34 Using the touchpad ..................................................................................................35 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................42 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................42 Function keys ...................................................................................................................43 Windows 10 keys ..........................................................................................................43 Using the numeric keypad ..........................................................................................44 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................48 Start menu ...................................................................................................................49 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................51 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................52 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................52 Task view .......................................................................................................................55 Snap feature ................................................................................................................56 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................56 Action Center ..............................................................................................................58 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................59 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................61 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................61 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................62 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................63 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................64 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................65 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................68 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................68 BIOS ................................................................................................................................68 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................69 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................70 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................79 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................80 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................84 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................85 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................88 Appendices Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................92 Overview ............................................................................................................................92 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................93 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................93 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................95 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................96 RF Exposure Information (SAR) ..................................................................................97 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................97 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................98 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................98 Radiation Exposure Statement ..................................................................................99 Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations ...............................................99 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................100 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................101 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................101 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................101 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................101 5 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................102 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................103 Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation.............105 EU REACH and Article 33 ..............................................................................................105 EU RoHS..............................................................................................................................105 Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations .................................................................105 India RoHS .........................................................................................................................105 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................106 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................106 Ecodesign Directive .......................................................................................................106 ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ...............................................................................107 EPEAT Registered Products .........................................................................................107 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................108 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................108 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................108 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................109 RF Exposure information (SAR) ..................................................................................110 National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines .....................110 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 13 model 14 Notebook PC E-Manual 14 model 15 Notebook PC E-Manual 15 model 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. IR Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. The IR Camera also supports Windows Hello. NOTE: The red IR LED blinks in the process while data is being read before you sign in with Windows Hello facial recognition. Display panel This high-definition display panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Touchpad/Touch numeric keypad (on selected models) The touchpad/touch numeric keypad enables you to toggle between touchpad and touch numeric keypad. The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. The touch numeric keypad allows the use of numeric input. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the numeric keypad section in this manual. Screenpad The screenpad allows you to toggle another screen for the touchpad, providing more adaptive controls. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. Screenpad The screenpad allows you to toggle another screen for the touchpad, providing more adaptive controls. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. Numeric keypad The numeric keypad toggles between these two functions: for numeric input and as pointer direction keys. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the numeric keypad section in this manual. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 13 model 21 Notebook PC E-Manual 14 model 15 model 22 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side 13 model 14 model 15 model Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. 25 Notebook PC E-Manual USB 2.0 port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers. MicroSD card slot This built-in memory card reader slot supports microSD card formats. Memory card reader This built-in memory card reader supports SD card formats. USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C/DisplayPort (on selected models) combo port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Use a USB Type-C adapter to connect your Notebook PC to an external display. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. 26 Notebook PC E-Manual USB 3.1 Gen 2 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side 13 model 14 model 15 model 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. USB 3.1 Gen 2 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 13/14: 3.42A (65W) 15: 3.42A (65W) UMA / 6A (120W) dGPU Rating output voltage: 13/14: 19V 15: 19V / 20V 32 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 35 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad 1. 2. 3. Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad/screenpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Activates the Lock screen Turns the camera on or off Activates screen capture tool Launches My ASUS Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the numeric keypad NOTE: The numeric keypad layout may differ by model or territory but the usage procedures remain the same. 13 and 14 model (on selected models) Press to toggle between number keys or touchpad. NOTE: Press and hold until the number keys appear. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual 15 model A numeric keypad is available on selected Notebook PC models. You can use this keypad for numeric input or as pointer direction keys. Press to toggle between using the keypad as number keys or as pointer direction keys. 45 Notebook PC E-Manual 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touchpad or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Resize and select an app tile size.

(on selected models), then Unpinning apps Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Unpin from Start.

(on selected models), then 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Pin to taskbar.

(on selected models), then Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press or

(on selected models) on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10. Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 63 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 67 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. 1. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Fast Boot [Enabled]

Boot Option Priorities Boot Option #1 [Windows Boot Manager]

Add New Boot Option Delete Boot Option Sets the system boot order

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Fast Boot [Enabled]

Boot Option Priorities Boot Option #1 [Windows Boot Manager]

Add New Boot Option Delete Boot Option Boot Option #1 Windows Boot Manager Disabled Sets the system boot order

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:

If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering your Notebook PC's operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Password Description If ONLY the Administrators password is set, then this only limits access to Setup and is only asked for when entering Setup. If ONLY the Users password is set, then this is a power on password and must be entered to boot or enter Setup. In Setup, the User will have Administrator rights. Administrator Password Status NOT INSTALLED User Password Status NOT INSTALLED Administrator Password User Password I/O Interface Security Secure Boot Set Administrator Password. The password length must be in the following range:

Minimum length 3 Maximum length 20 Must type with character:

a-z, 0-9

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:

1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press

. Re-type to confirm the password then press

. To clear the password:

1. 2. 3. 4. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press

. Leave the Create New Password field blank then press

. Select Yes in the confirmation box then press

. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual I/O Interface Security In the Security menu, you can access I/O Interface Security to lock or unlock some interface functions of your Notebook PC. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit I/O Interface Security LAN Network Interface [UnLock]

Wireless Network Interface [UnLock]

HD AUDIO Interface [UnLock]

USB Interface Security LAN Network Interface Lock UnLock If Locked, LAN controller will be disabled.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. To lock an interface:

1. On the Security screen, select I/O Interface Security. 2. Select an interface you would like to lock then press

. 3. Select Lock. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual USB Interface Security Through the I/O Interface Security menu, you can also access USB Interface Security to lock or unlock ports and devices. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit USB Interface Security USB Interface [UnLock]

External Ports [UnLock]

CMOS Camera [UnLock]

Card Reader [UnLock]

USB Interface Lock UnLock If Locked, all USB device will be disabled

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. To lock the USB interface:

1. On the Security screen, select I/O Interface Security > USB Interface Security. 2. Select an interface that you would like to lock then select Lock. NOTE: Setting the USB Interface to Lock also locks and hides the External Ports and other devices included under USB Interface Security. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Save Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Save Options Save Changes Discard Changes Restore Defaults Boot Override Windows Boot Manager Launch EFI Shell from filesystem device Exit system setup after saving the changes.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 76 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press

. Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Boot Security Save & Exit Internal Pointing Device [Enabled]

Fn Lock Option [Enabled]

Wake On Lid Open [Enabled]

Intel Virtualization Technology [Enabled]

Intel AES-NI [Enabled]

VT-d [Enabled]

ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility SMART Settings Network Stack Configuration USB Configuration Graphics Configuration SATA Configuration NVMe Configuration Press Enter to run the utility to select and update BIOS.

: Select Screen

: Select Item Enter: Select

+/ : Change Opt. F1 : General Help F9 : Optimized Defaults F10 : Save & Exit ESC : Exit Version 2.20.1271. Copyright (C) 2018 American Megatrends, Inc. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press

. ASUSTek EasyFlash Utility FLASH TYPE : Generic Flash Type Current BIOS Platform : UX334 Version : 200 Build Date : 08/15/2018 Build Time : 11:51:05 New BIOS Platform : Unknown Version : Unknown Build Date : Unknown Build Time : Unknown 0 EFI

<DIR>

FSO FS1 FS2 FS3 FS4

[] : Switch [] : Choose [q] : Exit [Enter] : Enter/Execute 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual 82 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 83 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 85 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least ten (10) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 88 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual 90 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 91 Notebook PC E-Manual Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 94 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 95 Notebook PC E-Manual Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 96 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard for wireless device employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 98 Notebook PC E-Manual Radiation Exposure Statement The product comply with the Canada portable RF exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this manual. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations Le produit est conforme aux limites dexposition pour les appareils portables RF pour les tats-Unis et le Canada tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Le produit est sr pour une utilisation telle que dcrite dans ce manuel. Le niveau dexposition aux ondes radio peut tre rduit en plaant lappareil aussi loin que possible du corps de lutilisateur ou que le dispositif est rgl sur la puissance de sortie la plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. 99 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 100 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 101 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 102 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 103 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 104 Notebook PC E-Manual Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19. India RoHS This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. 105 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. 106 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. 107 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 108 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 109 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure information (SAR) This device meets the EU requirements (2014/53/EU) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. A minimum separation distance of 1 cm must be maintained between the users body and the device, including the antenna during body-worn operation to comply with the RF exposure requirements in Europe. National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines This ASUS product complies with NTC Standards. ZenBook 13 ZenBook 14 ZenBook 15 No. ESD-1817959C No. ESD-1817865C No. ESD-1817988C 110 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E14771 Revised Edition V2 / September 2018 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2018 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................21 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................24 Left Side .............................................................................................................................28 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................32 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................32 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................34 Press the power button ................................................................................................34 Using the touchpad ..................................................................................................35 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................42 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................42 Function keys ...................................................................................................................43 Windows 10 keys ..........................................................................................................43 Using the numeric keypad ..........................................................................................44 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................48 Start menu ...................................................................................................................49 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................51 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................52 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................52 Task view .......................................................................................................................55 Snap feature ................................................................................................................56 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................56 Action Center ..............................................................................................................58 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................59 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................61 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................61 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................62 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................63 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................64 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................65 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................68 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................68 BIOS ................................................................................................................................68 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................68 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................69 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................76 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................77 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................80 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................81 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................84 Appendices Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................88 Overview ............................................................................................................................88 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................89 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................89 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................91 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................92 RF Exposure Information (SAR) ..................................................................................93 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................93 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................93 Radiation Exposure Statement ..................................................................................94 Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations ...............................................94 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................95 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................95 RF Exposure information (SAR) ..................................................................................96 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................97 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................98 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................98 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................98 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................98 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................98 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................99 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................100 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................102 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................102 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................103 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................103 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................103 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................103 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................104 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................104 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................104 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................105 National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines .....................105 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 13 model 14 Notebook PC E-Manual 14 model 15 Notebook PC E-Manual 15 model 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. IR Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. The IR Camera also supports Windows Hello. NOTE: The red IR LED blinks in the process while data is being read before you sign in with Windows Hello facial recognition. Display panel This high-definition display panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Touchpad/Touch numeric keypad (13 and 14 model) The touchpad/touch numeric keypad enables you to toggle between touchpad and touch numeric keypad. The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. The touch numeric keypad allows the use of numeric input. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the numeric keypad section in this manual. Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Fingerprint sensor (on selected models) This built-in fingerprint sensor captures your fingerprint and uses it as biometric authentication for logging on to your Notebook PCs system. Numeric keypad (15 model) The numeric keypad toggles between these two functions: for numeric input and as pointer direction keys. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the numeric keypad section in this manual. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 13 model 21 Notebook PC E-Manual 14 model 15 model 22 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side 13 and 14 model 15 model Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. 25 Notebook PC E-Manual USB 2.0 port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers. MicroSD card slot This built-in memory card reader slot supports microSD card formats. Memory card reader This built-in memory card reader supports SD card formats. USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C/DisplayPort combo port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Use a USB Type-C adapter to connect your Notebook PC to an external display. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. 26 Notebook PC E-Manual USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side 13 and 14 model 15 model Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 28 Notebook PC E-Manual HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 13/14: 2.37A (45W) / 3.42A (65W) 15: 4.74A (90W) Rating output voltage: 19V 32 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 35 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 40 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad 1. 2. 3. Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the numeric keypad NOTE: The numeric keypad layout may differ by model or territory but the usage procedures remain the same. 13 and 14 model (on selected models) Press to toggle between number keys or touchpad. NOTE: Press and hold until the number keys appear. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual 15 model A numeric keypad is available on selected Notebook PC models. You can use this keypad for numeric input or as pointer direction keys. Press to toggle between using the keypad as number keys or as pointer direction keys. 45 Notebook PC E-Manual 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touchpad or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Resize and select an app tile size.

(on selected models), then Unpinning apps Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Unpin from Start.

(on selected models), then 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Pin to taskbar.

(on selected models), then Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press or

(on selected models) on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10.

\

Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Opens the Share panel Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen Opens Narrator Settings 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 63 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least ten (10) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 67 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

68 Notebook PC E-Manual Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. EZ Mode This menu appears when you enter the BIOS setup program and provides you an overview of the basic system information. To access the Advanced Mode for the advanced BIOS settings, select Advanced Mode (F7) or press

. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. 1. 2. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:

If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering the operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:

1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press

. Re-type to confirm the password then select OK. To clear the password:

On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press

. Leave other fields blank then select OK to continue. Select OK to clear the old password. NOTE: A keyboard is required to type in the password. 1. 2. 3. 4. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then access the BIOS settings. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press

. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press update. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 79 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 80 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 82 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 83 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least ten (10) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 85 Notebook PC E-Manual 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 87 Notebook PC E-Manual Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. 88 Notebook PC E-Manual Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 90 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard for wireless device employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.462 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through Ch11 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Radiation Exposure Statement The product comply with the Canada portable RF exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this manual. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Dclaration relative lexposition aux radiations Le produit est conforme aux limites dexposition pour les appareils portables RF pour les tats-Unis et le Canada tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Le produit est sr pour une utilisation telle que dcrite dans ce manuel. Le niveau dexposition aux ondes radio peut tre rduit en plaant lappareil aussi loin que possible du corps de lutilisateur ou que le dispositif est rgl sur la puissance de sortie la plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 95 Notebook PC E-Manual RF Exposure information (SAR) This device meets the EU requirements (2014/53/EU) on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Councils recommended limit for mobile devices is the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/Kg averaged over 10 gram of body tissue. It meets the requirements of the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For next-to-body operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard EN 50566 and EN 62209-2. SAR is measured with the device directly contacted to the body while transmitting at the highest certified output power level in all frequency bands of the mobile device. A minimum separation distance of 1 cm must be maintained between the users body and the device, including the antenna during body-worn operation to comply with the RF exposure requirements in Europe. 96 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 98 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 99 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 100 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 101 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep within 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 102 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. 103 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 104 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines This ASUS product complies with NTC Standards. ZenBook 13 ZenBook 14 ZenBook 15 No. ESD-XXXXXXXX No. ESD-XXXXXXXX No. ESD-XXXXXXXX 105 Notebook PC E-Manual 106 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E14852 First Edition / November 2018 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2018 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................18 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................20 Left Side .............................................................................................................................22 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................26 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................26 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................28 Press the power button ................................................................................................28 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................29 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................29 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................32 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................39 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................39 Function keys ...................................................................................................................40 Windows 10 keys ..........................................................................................................40 Using the numeric keypad ..........................................................................................41 Rotating the display panel .....................................................................................42 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................46 Start menu ...................................................................................................................47 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................49 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................50 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................50 Task view .......................................................................................................................53 Snap feature ................................................................................................................54 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................54 Action Center ..............................................................................................................56 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................57 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................59 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................59 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................60 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................61 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................62 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................63 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................66 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................66 BIOS ................................................................................................................................66 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................66 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................67 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................74 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................75 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................78 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................79 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................82 Appendices Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................86 Overview ............................................................................................................................86 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................87 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................87 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................89 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................90 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................91 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................91 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................92 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................92 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................93 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................94 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................94 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................94 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................94 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................94 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................95 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................96 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................98 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................98 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................99 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................99 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................99 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................99 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................100 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................100 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................100 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................101 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. IR Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. The IR Camera also supports Windows Hello. NOTE: The red IR LED blinks in the process while data is being read before you sign in with Windows Hello facial recognition. 360-adjustable touch screen panel Your Notebook PCs touch screen panel can be adjusted all the way into a 360 angle. This feature allows you to quickly turn your device from a Notebook PC into a touch-enabled tablet PC. This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details on how to turn your Notebook PC into a tablet device, refer to the Rotating the display panel section in this manual. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Capital lock indicator This indicator lights up when the capital lock function is activated. Using capital lock allows you to type capitalized letters

(such as A, B, C) using your Notebook PCs keyboard. Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Function key lock indicator This indicator lights up when the function keys feature is activated. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the keyboard section in this manual. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. Numeric keypad The numeric keypad toggles between these two functions: for numeric input and as pointer direction keys. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the numeric keypad section in this manual. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side USB 3.1 Gen 1 Type-C port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side USB 2.0 port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) port is compatible with USB 2.0 or USB 1.1 devices such as keyboards, pointing devices, flash disk drives, external HDDs, speakers, cameras and printers. MicroSD card slot (on selected models) This built-in memory card reader slot supports microSD card formats. Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

22 Notebook PC E-Manual Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 2.37A (45W) Rating output voltage: 19V 26 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE: The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-

click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 32 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the numeric keypad NOTE: The numeric keypad layout may differ by model or territory but the usage procedures remain the same. A numeric keypad is available on selected Notebook PC models. You can use this keypad for numeric input or as pointer direction keys. Press to toggle between using the keypad as number keys or as pointer direction keys. 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Rotating the display panel Your Notebook PCs display panel is adjustable up to 360 degrees. You may adjust the display panel as shown below. 360 degrees adjustable Notebook PC mode 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Stand mode Tent mode Tablet mode NOTE: Rotating the screen to Stand, Tent and Tablet mode will disable the keyboard and touchpad. 43 Notebook PC E-Manual 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Resize and select an app tile size.

(on selected models), then Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Unpin from Start.

(on selected models), then 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Pin to taskbar.

(on selected models), then Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press or

(on selected models) on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10.

\

Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Opens the Share panel Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen Opens Narrator Settings 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

or 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 63 Notebook PC E-Manual 64 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 65 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

66 Notebook PC E-Manual Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. EZ Mode This menu appears when you enter the BIOS setup program and provides you an overview of the basic system information. To access the Advanced Mode for the advanced BIOS settings, select Advanced Mode (F7) or press

. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. 1. 2. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:

If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering the operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:

1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press

. Re-type to confirm the password then select OK. To clear the password:

On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press

. Leave other fields blank then select OK to continue. Select OK to clear the old password. NOTE: A keyboard is required to type in the password. 1. 2. 3. 4. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then access the BIOS settings. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press

. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press update. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 77 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 78 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 82 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 83 Notebook PC E-Manual 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 85 Notebook PC E-Manual Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 88 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 90 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 91 Notebook PC E-Manual Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.462 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through Ch11 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 95 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 96 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 97 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep after 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:

Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 98 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. 99 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 100 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 101 Notebook PC E-Manual 102 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

E14853 First Edition / November 2018 User Guide Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The top view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. Array microphones IR Camera 360-adjustable touch screen panel Capital lock indicator Numeric keypad Function key lock indicator Keyboard Touchpad 2 Notebook PC User Guide I/O ports and slots Status indicators Power button USB 3.1 Gen 1 Type-C port Power (DC) input port Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack USB 2.0 port HDMI port USB 3.1 Gen 1 port

* On selected models MicroSD card slot*

3 Notebook PC User Guide Getting started 1. Charge your Notebook PC A. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power (DC) input port. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. 2. Lift to open the display panel 3. Press the power button Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. 4 Notebook PC User Guide Safety notices for your Notebook PC WARNING!

The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. CAUTION!

This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. The power adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT!

Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to a grounded power adapter before turning it on for the first time. When using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode, the socket outlet must be near to the unit and easily accessible. Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Power adapter information:

- Input voltage: 100-240Vac

- Input frequency: 50-60Hz

- Rating output current: 2.37A (45W)

- Rating output voltage: 19V WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device

(for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. This battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 5 Notebook PC User Guide Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. Copyright Information You acknowledge that all rights of this Manual remain with ASUS. Any and all rights, including without limitation, in the Manual or website, are and shall remain the exclusive property of ASUS and/or its licensors. Nothing in this Manual intends to transfer any such rights, or to vest any such rights to you. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. Copyright 2018 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Limitation of Liability Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. Service and Support For complete E-Manual version, refer to our multi-language website at:

https://www.asus.com/support/

Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. 6 Notebook PC User Guide FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. UL Safety Notices DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with: Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations, EU REACH SVHC, Korea RoHS 7 Notebook PC User Guide Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Regional notice for California WARNING Cancer and Reproductive Harm -

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. 8 Notebook PC User Guide Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 9 Notebook PC User Guide Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC COMPLIANCE INFORMATION Per FCC Part 2 Section 2.1077 Responsible Party: Asus Computer International Address:

Phone/Fax No:

48720 Kato Rd., Fremont, CA 94538

(510)739-3777/(510)608-4555 hereby declares that the product Product Name :

Model Number :

ZenBook UX562FA, Q526F, Q506F compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ver. 180125 10 Notebook PC User Guide RED RF Output table SPEN-ASU-05 Function Active stylus Intel 9560D2W Function WiFi Bluetooth Frequency 25 KHz H-filed strength (at 10 m)

-39 dBuA/m Frequency 2412 - 2472 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5745 - 5875 MHz 2402 - 2480 MHz Maximum Output Power (EIRP) 19 dBm 20 dBm 17 dBm 12 dBm 7 dBm For the standard EN 300 440 V2.1.1, if this device operates in 5725-5875 MHz, it will be considered as a receiver category 2. 11 Notebook PC User Guide 12 Notebook PC User Guide

 

 

E15500 First Edition / July 2019 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2019 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/

2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................18 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................20 Left Side .............................................................................................................................22 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................26 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................26 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................28 Press the power button ................................................................................................28 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................29 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................29 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................32 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................39 HotKeys ..............................................................................................................................39 Function keys ...................................................................................................................40 Windows 10 keys ..........................................................................................................40 Other keys .........................................................................................................................41 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................44 Start menu ...................................................................................................................45 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................47 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................48 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................48 Task view .......................................................................................................................51 Snap feature ................................................................................................................52 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................52 Action Center ..............................................................................................................54 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................55 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................57 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................57 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................58 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................59 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................60 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................61 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................64 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................64 BIOS ................................................................................................................................64 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................65 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................66 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................67 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................70 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................71 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................74 Appendices Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................78 Overview ............................................................................................................................78 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................79 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................79 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................81 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................82 Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) .................................................................83 Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED) ......................................................83 Caution ...............................................................................................................................84 Mise en garde...................................................................................................................84 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................85 Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) .................85 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................86 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................87 5 Notebook PC E-Manual TV Notices .........................................................................................................................87 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................87 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................87 Coating Notice .................................................................................................................87 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................88 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................89 Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation.............91 EU REACH and Article 33 ..............................................................................................91 EU RoHS..............................................................................................................................91 Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations .................................................................91 India RoHS .........................................................................................................................91 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................92 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................92 Ecodesign Directive .......................................................................................................92 ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ...............................................................................93 EPEAT Registered Products .........................................................................................93 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................94 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................94 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................94 National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines .....................94 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................95 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:

Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:

IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.

= Use the touch screen panel.

= Use the touchpad.

= Use the keyboard. Typography

= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected.

= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. Bold Italic 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product

(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-

containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:

Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera indicator The camera indicator lights up when the built-in camera is in use. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. IR Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. The IR Camera also supports Windows Hello. NOTE: The red IR LED blinks in the process while data is being read before you sign in with Windows Hello facial recognition. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Display panel This high-definition display panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. Touch screen panel This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using touch screen panel gestures section in this manual. Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT!

Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Purchase components from authorized retailers to ensure maximum compatibility and reliability. Consult an ASUS service center or authorized retailers for product service or assistance on proper disassembly or assembly of the product. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. Status indicators The status indicators help identify the current hardware status of your Notebook PC. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:

20 Notebook PC E-Manual Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. MicroSD card slot This built-in memory card reader slot supports microSD card formats. Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. USB 3.1 Gen 1 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 1 port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side Power (DC) input port Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 22 Notebook PC E-Manual HDMI port This port is for the HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector and is HDCP compliant for HD DVD, Blu-ray, and other protected content playback. USB 3.1 Gen 2 port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C port The USB 3.1 (Universal Serial Bus 3.1) Gen 2 Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 10 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 23 Notebook PC E-Manual 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:

Using your Notebook PC 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. B. Connect the AC power cord to the AC/DC adapter. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power

(DC) input port. C. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!

Power adapter information:

Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 3.42A (65W) Rating output voltage: 19V 26 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!

Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!

Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:

Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery

(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE: The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-

click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 32 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-

click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard HotKeys The HotKeys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:

Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Enables or disables the touchpad Adjusts brightness for the backlit keyboard Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Activates the Lock screen Turns the camera on or off Activates screen capture tool Launches My ASUS Function keys Press to enable or disable the function keys feature. When the function keys feature is enabled, you can also access HotKeys by holding down in combination with the top row keys. Windows 10 keys There are two special Windows keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard used as below:

Launches the Start menu Displays the drop-down menu*

* On selected models 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keys Switches all the windows between the two screen panels Enables or disables the screen panel on the keyboard 41 Notebook PC E-Manual 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:

Working with Windows 10 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:

Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:

Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:

Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Resize and select an app tile size.

(on selected models), then Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Unpin from Start.

(on selected models), then 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. or Press select Pin to taskbar.

(on selected models), then Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press or

(on selected models) on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the key, then use the arrow keys to snap the app. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10. Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. or Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-

enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:

1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. or Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. or 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:

or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Shut down. Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:

Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.

>

From the log-in screen, select

> Sleep. or Press Windows. Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual 62 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

Chapter 4:

Power-On Self-Test (POST) 63 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:

An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. 64 Notebook PC E-Manual Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:

Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &

security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >

Restart. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!

Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:

Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:

-

-

Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 69 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:

Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:

-

-

-

-

Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 70 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?

Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?

The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?

Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?

Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?

Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?

Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing

. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:

Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?

Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?

You can try doing any of the following suggestions:

Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?

You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 75 Notebook PC E-Manual 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 77 Notebook PC E-Manual Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC

(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:

This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-

working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 80 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling

(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. 82 Notebook PC E-Manual Compliance Statement of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Dclaration de conformit de Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISED) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 83 Notebook PC E-Manual Caution

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

(ii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit;

(iii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits as appropriate; and

(iv) where applicable, antenna type(s), antenna model(s), and worst-case tilt angle

(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p. elevation mask requirement set forth in section 6.2.2.3 shall be clearly indicated. Mise en garde

(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement une utilisation en intrieur afin de rduire les risques dinterfrence prjudiciables aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

(ii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) dtachable(s), le gain dantenne maximal autoris pour les dispositifs des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit tre tel que lquipement respecte encore la limite e.i.r.p.;

(iii) pour les dispositifs avec antenne(s) dtachable(s), le gain dantenne maximal autoris pour les dispositifs dans la bande 5725-5850 MHz doit tre tel que lquipement soit toujours conforme la limite e.i.r.p., le cas chant; et

(iv) le cas chant, type(s) dantenne, modle(s) dantenne et angle(s) dinclinaison dans le cas le plus dfavorable ncessaire pour rester conforme la limite e.i.r.p. Lexigence de masque daltitude nonce la section 6.2.2.3 doit tre clairement indique. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the ISED Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant l'exposition aux frquences radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par le dispositif sans fil est infrieure aux limites dexposition aux radiofrquences dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada (ISED). Utilisez lappareil sans fil de faon minimiser les contacts humains lors dun fonctionnement normal. Cet appareil a t valu et dmontr conforme aux limites de DAS (Dbit dAbsorption Spcifique) de lISED lorsquil est utilis dans des conditions dexposition des appareils portables. 85 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:

DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary

(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded

(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Danger dexplosion si la batterie nest pas correctement remplace. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie de type semblable ou quivalent, recommande par le fabricant. Jeter les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)

(Japanese)

!

. (Russian) 88 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 89 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 90 Notebook PC E-Manual Declaration of Compliance for Product Environmental Regulation ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with. EU REACH and Article 33 Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. EU RoHS This product complies with the EU RoHS Directive. For more details, see http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=35. Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations Information on Japan RoHS (JIS-C-0950) chemical disclosures is available on http://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=19. India RoHS This product complies with the India E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls

(PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule II of the Rule. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837

(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Ecodesign Directive European Union announced a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (2009/125/EC). Specific Implementing Measures are aimed at improving environmental performance of specific products or across multiple product types. ASUS provides product information on the CSR website. Further information could be found at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=1555. 92 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR Qualified Product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor is automatically set to sleep within 10 minutes of user inactivity; the computer is automatically set to sleep within 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse, press any key on the keyboard, or press the power button. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. EPEAT Registered Products The public disclosure of key environmental information for ASUS EPEAT (Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool) registered products is available at https://csr.asus.com/english/article.aspx?id=41. More information about EPEAT program and purchase guidance can be found at www.epeat.net. 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lappareil peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. National Telecommunications Commission of the Philippines This ASUS product complies with NTC Standards. ESD-XXXXXXXX 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. The WiFi operating in the band 5150-5350 MHz shall be restricted to indoor use for countries listed in the table below:

AT DE LV NO FI BE IS LI PL SE BG IE LT PT CH CZ IT LU RO UK DK EL HU SI HR EE ES MT SK FR CY NL TR 95 Notebook PC E-Manual 96 Notebook PC E-Manual

 

 

FCC RF exposure statements This product meets applicable national SAR limits of 1.6W/kg. This specific maximum SAR values can be found in the section of this user guide. Body SAR: 1.071 W/kg IC RF exposure statements This EUT is compliance with SAR for general population/uncontrolled exposure limits in IC RSS-102 and had been tested in accordance with the measurement methods and procedures specified in IEEE 1528 and IEC 62209. Cet appareil est conforme aux limites d'exposition DAS incontrle pour la population gnrale de la norme CNR-102 d'Industrie Canada et a t test en conformit avec les mthodes de mesure et procdures spcifies dans IEEE 1528 et IEC 62209. Body SAR: 1.071 W/kg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 EUT Photographs Page: 1 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 2 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 3 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 4 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 5 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 6 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 7 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 8 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 9 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 10 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 11 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 12 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 13 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 14 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 15 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Hong-Bo Main & Aux Antenna Vendor 260-26233 ASUS 14008-03670100 Hong-Bo Main & Aux Antenna Vendor 260-26233 ASUS 14008-03670100 Page: 16 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Hong-Bo Main & Aux Antenna Vendor 260-26233 ASUS 14008-03670100 Hong-Bo Main & Aux Antenna Vendor 260-26233 ASUS 14008-03670100 Page: 17 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 LUXSHARE Antenna Vendor LA9RF204-CS-H (Main) ASUS 14008-03670000 (Main) LUXSHARE Antenna Vendor LA9RF204-CS-H (Main) ASUS 14008-03670000 (Main) Page: 18 of 19 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 LUXSHARE Antenna Vendor LA9RF204-CS-H (Aux) ASUS 14008-03670000 (Aux) LUXSHARE Antenna Vendor LA9RF204-CS-H (Aux) ASUS 14008-03670000 (Aux) Page: 19 of 19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 EUT Photographs Page: 1 of 4 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 2 of 4 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 3 of 4 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Page: 4 of 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. IC ID Label IC ID.: 3568A-9560D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : 886-2-28943447 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. The IC Label will be placed on the equipment as shown in the photograph below. IC ID.: 3568A-9560D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : 886-2-28943447 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. IC ID.: 3568A-9560D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : 886-2-28943447

 

 

ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. IC ID.: 3568A-9560D2 IC ID Label 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel: +886-2-28943447 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. The IC ID and DoC Label will be placed on the equipment as shown in the photograph below. IC ID.: 3568A-9560D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel: +886-2-28943447 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. IC ID.: 3568A-9560D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel: +886-2-28943447

 

 

ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. FCC ID Label FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447

 

 

ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. The FCC ID will be placed on the equipment as shown in the photograph below. FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447

 

 

ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 The FCC ID and will be placed on the equipment as shown in the photograph below. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : 886-2-28943447

 

 

ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 FCC ID Label 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : 886-2-28943447

 

 

Model: UX562FA Notebook PC Designed by ASUSTek Computer Inc. All rights reserved. Assembled in China. a Contains FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 and IC: 3568A-9560D2 Input: +19V ==2.37A,45W EMS F3 US LISTED E187242 _ Windows o=

 

 

Declaration of Product Modifications July 15, 2019 This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, originally granted on 03/07/2018. The major change filed under this application is:

Change #1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: UX481F.

#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(Only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).

#3: Addition two antennas, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application. Sincerely,

---------------------------------------------------------

Jackson Yen / Associate Vice President ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Tel: +886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

JCaU>

Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division May 31, 2019 ATTESTATION FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Product: Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Model: 9560D2W We dont provide any controls or software to allow operation outside the USA frequency band when we sell a product bearing the FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 anywhere in the world. Sincerely, ASUSTeK CQMPUTER INC.

 

 

J GU Declaration of Authorization We Name: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Address: 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, :

City: Taipei, Country: : Taiwan Declare that:

Name Representative of agent: Vincent Lin Agent Company name: DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd. Address: No.5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist., City: New Taipei City 24451, Country: Taiwan, R.O.C. is authorized to apply for Certification of the following product(s):

Product Name: Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Model: 9560D2W FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 IC ID: 3568A-9560D2 Trademark: Intel on our behalf. This is valid until May 30, 2020, or until FCC and IC certification are completed, whichever comes sooner, Date: 2019/05/31 City: Taipei Name: Jackson Yen Function: Associate Vice President Signature:

 

 

Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 FCC SAR Test Report

(Class II Permissive Change) Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Product Name Model No. 9560D2W Applicant ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Address 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Date of Receipt 2019/06/08 2019/07/05 Issued Date Report No. 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Report Version V1.0 The test results relate only to the samples tested. The test results shown in the test report are traceable to the national/international standard through the calibration of the equipment and evaluated measurement uncertainty herein. This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by TAF or any agency of the government. The test report shall not be reproduced without the written approval of DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd. Page: 1 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Report Issued Date: 2019/07/05 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Product Name Applicant Address Manufacturer Model No. Trade Name FCC ID Applicable Standard 47CFR 2.1093 Intel Wireless-AC 9560 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Intel Mobile Communications 9560D2W Intel MSQ9560D2 Measurement procedures Test Result KDB 447498 D01 v06 KDB 248227 D01 v02r02 KDB 616217 D04 V01r02 KDB 865664 D01 V01r04 Max. SAR Measurement (1g) 2.4GHz: 0.900 W/kg 5 GHz: 1.118 W/kg Certification Application Type The above equipment has been tested by DEKRA, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation & Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the sample's SAR characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. Documented By Tested By Approved By

( Senior Adm. Specialist / Anny Chou )

( Senior Engineer / Vorana Chen )

( Director / Vincent Lin ) Page: 2 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page 1. General Information ........................................................................ 4 SAR Measurement System ............................................................. 9 1.1 EUT Description ............................................................................................. 4 1.2 Antenna List ................................................................................................... 5 1.3 SAR Test Exclusion Calculation ..................................................................... 6 1.4 Test Environment ............................................................................................ 8 2.1 DASY5 System Description ............................................................................. 9 2.1.1 Applications ................................................................................................ 10 2.1.2 Area Scans ................................................................................................. 10 2.1.3 Zoom Scan (Cube Scan Averaging) ........................................................... 10 2.1.4 Uncertainty of Inter-/Extrapolation and Averaging ...................................... 10 2.2 DASY5 E-Field Probe .................................................................................... 11 2.2.1 Isotropic E-Field Probe Specification .......................................................... 11 2.3 Boundary Detection Unit and Probe Mounting Device ................................... 12 2.4 DATA Acquisition Electronics (DAE) and Measurement Server .................... 12 2.5 Robot ............................................................................................................. 13 2.6 Light Beam Unit ............................................................................................. 13 2.7 Device Holder ................................................................................................ 14 2.8 SAM Twin Phantom ....................................................................................... 14 3.1 The composition of the tissue simulating liquid .............................................. 15 3.2 Tissue Calibration Result ............................................................................... 15 3.3 Tissue Dielectric Parameters for Head and Body Phantoms ......................... 17 4.1 SAR System Check ....................................................................................... 18 4.1.1 Dipoles........................................................................................................ 18 4.1.2 System Check Result ................................................................................. 18 4.2 SAR Measurement Procedure ....................................................................... 20 Tissue Simulating Liquid .............................................................. 15 SAR Measurement Procedure ...................................................... 18 SAR Exposure Limits .................................................................... 21 5. 6. Test Equipment List ...................................................................... 22 7. Measurement Uncertainty ............................................................. 25 8. Conducted Power Measurement (Including tolerance allowed for production unit) .......................................................................................... 27 9. Test Results .................................................................................... 30 SAR measurement variability ....................................................... 34 9.1 SAR Test Results Summary........................................................................... 30 9.2 Simultaneous Transmission ........................................................................... 32 9.2.1 Simultaneous transmission of MIMO in 802.11 test exclusion considerations

............................................................................................................................ 32 9.2.2.2 simultaneous transmission of Wi-Fi and other wireless technologies.... 33 Appendix.............................................................................................................. 35 Appendix A. SAR System Check Data Appendix B. SAR measurement Data Appendix C. Test Setup Photographs & EUT Photographs Appendix D. Probe Calibration Data Appendix E. Dipole Calibration Data Page: 3 of 35 2. 3. 4. 10. Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 1. General Information 1.1 EUT Description Product Name Trade Name Model No. FCC ID TX Frequency Channel separation Number of Channels Data Rate Type of Modulation Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Intel 9560D2W MSQ9560D2 802.11b/g/n-20MHz:2412MHz~2472MHz, 802.11n-40MHz: 2422MHz~2462MHz 802.11a/n-20:5180-5320MHz,5500-5720MHz, 5745-5825MHz 802.11n-40/MHz: 5190-5310MHz, 5510-5670MHz, 5755-5795MHz 802.11ac-20MHz: 5720MHz, 802.11ac-40MHz: 5710MHz 802.11ac-80MHz: 5210-5290MHz, 5530-5690MHz, 5775MHz 802.11ac-160: 5250MHz, 5570MHz BT : 2402 2480MHz 802.11b/g/n-20MHz: 5 MHz, 802.11a/n-20/ac-20MHz: 20MHz 802.11n-40/ac-40MHz: 40MHz, 802.11ac-80MHz: 80MHz 802.11ac-160MHz: 320MHz, BT : 1MHz , BLE : 2MHz 802.11b/g/n-20MHz: 13, n-40MHz: 9 802.11a/n-20MHz: 24; 802.11n-40MHz: 11 802.11ac-20MHz: 1, 802.11ac-40MHz: 1,802.11ac-80MHz: 6 802.11ac-160MHz: 2, BT : 79 , BLE : 40 802.11b: 1-11Mbps, 802.11a/g: 6-54Mbps, 802.11n: up to 300Mbps 802.11ac-80MHz: up to 866.7Mbps, 802.11ac-160: up to 1733.3Mbps BT : 3Mbps , BLE : 1Mpbs DSSS/OFDM/BPSK/QPSK/16QAM/64QAM/256QAM FHSS: GFSK(1Mbps) //4DQPSK(2Mbps) / 8DPSK(3Mbps) PIFA Portable Uncontrolled Antenna Type Device Category RF Exposure Environment Summary of test result Reported 1g SAR (W/Kg) Test configuration Body-Standalone Body-Simultaneous When BT and WIFI transmitter does simultaneously transmitter, WIFI will transmit on Main and BT will transmit on Aux

* Note: (1) This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, originally 0.998 1.118 U-NII (Main + Aux) 2.116 (SPLSR=0.023) DTS(Main) DTS(Aux) U-NII(Main) U-NII(Aux) 0.900 0.657 DTS (Main + Aux) UNII (Main+Aux)+BT 2.209 (SPLSR=0.025) DTS(BT) 0.093 1.557 granted on 03/07/2018 The major change filed under this application is:

Change

#1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: UX481F.

#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(Only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).

#3: Addition two antennas, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application.

(2) Modular has proceed 15mm which smaller than 25mm of bystander requirement and excluded testing. Page: 4 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 1.2 Antenna List No. Manufacturer Part No.(Vendor) 1. Hong-Bo 260-26233 (Main) 260-26233 (AUX) Part No.(ASUS) 14008-03670100 (Main) 14008-03670100 (Aux) 2. LUXSHARE LA9RF204-CS-H (Main) LA9RF204-CS-H (AUX) 14008-03670000 (Main) 14008-03670000 (Aux) Peak Gain

-3.73dBi in 2.4GHz

-2.68dBi for 5.15~5.25GHz

-1.36dBi for 5.25~5.35GHz

-0.74dBi for 5.47~5.725GHz 0.15dBi For 5.725~5.850GHz

-2.38dBi in 2.4GHz

-0.77dBi for 5.15~5.25GHz

-1.22dBi for 5.25~5.35GHz

-0.55dBi for 5.47~5.725GHz 0.63dBi For 5.725~5.850GHz Note:

(1) LUXSHARE antenna was tested and recorded in this report since it represents worst case gain.

(2) There are the same antenna only difference in Manufacturer.

(3) Hong-Bo (P/N: 260-26233) and ASUS (P/N: 14008-03670100) both antennas are identical. LUXSHARE (P/N: LA9RF204-CS-H) and ASUS (P/N: 14008-03670000) both antennas are identical. Page: 5 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 1.3 SAR Test Exclusion Calculation According to KDB Publication 447498 D01, section 4.3.1, per the calculations of item 1

(Power(mW)/separation (mm)*sqrt(f(GHz)3.0), SAR is required as shown in the table below where calculated values are greater than 3.0 :

According to KDB Publication 616217 D04, section 4.2.b), When between the antenna and user is more than 5mm, edge SAR is not required for NB mode. SAR exclusion calculations for WiFi-SISO and Bluetooth for antenna < 50mm from the user :

Frequency Output Power Separation distances (mm) Calculated Threshold Value

(3.0 SAR is not required) dBm mW Back Right Left Top Bottom Front Back Right Left Top Bottom Front 18 16 16 15 14 63 199 40 199 40 199 32 199 25 199 214 214 214 214 214 66 66 66 66 66 197 197 197 197 197 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 16.5 12.4

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 15.2 11.4

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 15.3 11.5

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 12.6 9.4

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 10.1 7.6 SAR exclusion calculations for WiFi-SISO and Bluetooth for antenna > 50mm from the user :

Frequency Output Power Separation distances (mm) Calculated Threshold Value

(SAR test exclusion power,mW) dBm mW Back Right Left Top Bottom Front Back Right Left Top Bottom Front 18 16 16 15 14 63 199 40 199 40 199 32 199 25 199 214 214 214 214 214 66 66 66 66 66 197 197 197 197 197 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 1585.6 1735.6 255.6 1565.6 <50mm <50mm 1555.5 1705.5 225.5 1535.5 <50mm <50mm 1555.0 1705.0 225.0 1535.0 <50mm <50mm 1552.8 1702.8 222.8 1532.8 <50mm <50mm 1552.2 1702.2 222.2 1532.2 <50mm <50mm Page: 6 of 35

(MHz) 2462 5240 5320 5700 5825

(MHz) 2462 5240 5320 5700 5825 Antenna Tx Main WiFi Main WiFi Main WiFi Main WiFi Main WiFi Antenna Tx Main WiFi Main WiFi Main WiFi Main WiFi Main WiFi Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 SAR exclusion calculations for WiFi-SISO and Bluetooth for antenna < 50mm from the user :

Frequency Output Power Separation distances (mm) Calculated Threshold Value

(3.0 SAR is not required) dBm mW Back Right Left Top Bottom Front Back Right Left Top Bottom Front 18.00 63 199 16.00 40 199 16.00 40 199 15.00 32 199 14.00 25 199 10.50 11 199 66 66 66 66 66 66 214 214 214 214 214 214 197 197 197 197 197 197 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 16.5 12.4

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 15.2 11.4

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 15.3 11.5

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 12.6 9.4

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 10.1 7.6

>50mm >50mm >50mm >50mm 2.9 2.2 SAR exclusion calculations for WiFi-SISO and Bluetooth for antenna > 50mm from the user :

Frequency Output Power Separation distances (mm) Calculated Threshold Value

(SAR test exclusion power,mW) dBm mW Back Right Left Top Bottom Front Back Right Left Top Bottom Front 18.00 63 199 16.00 40 199 16.00 40 199 15.00 32 199 14.00 25 199 10.50 11 199 66 66 66 66 66 66 214 214 214 214 214 214 197 197 197 197 197 197 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 1585.6 255.6 1735.6 1565.6 <50mm <50mm 1555.5 225.5 1705.5 1535.5 <50mm <50mm 1555.0 225.0 1705.0 1535.0 <50mm <50mm 1552.8 222.8 1702.8 1532.8 <50mm <50mm 1552.2 222.2 1702.2 1532.2 <50mm <50mm 1585.3 255.3 1735.3 1565.3 <50mm <50mm Page: 7 of 35

(MHz) 2462 5240 5320 5700 5825 2480

(MHz) 2462 5240 5320 5700 5825 2480 Antenna Tx Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux BT Antenna Tx Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux WiFi Aux BT Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 1.4 Test Environment Required 18-25 30-70 Ambient conditions in the laboratory:

Test Date: June. 25, 2019 Items Temperature (C) Humidity (%RH) Test Date: June. 27, 2019 Items Temperature (C) Humidity (%RH) Required 18-25 30-70 Actual 22.7 2 49 Actual 22.9 2 49 The related certificate for our laboratories about the test site and management system can be downloaded from DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd. Web Site:

http://www.dekra.com.tw/english/about/certificates.aspx?bval=5 The address and introduction of DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd. laboratories can be founded in our Web site: http://www.dekra.com.tw/index_en.aspx Site Description: Accredited by TAF Accredited Number: 3023 Site Name:

Site Address:

DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd No.5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist., New Taipei City 24451, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL : 886-2-8601-3788 / FAX : 886-2-8601-3789 E-Mail : info.tw@dekra.com Page: 8 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 2. SAR Measurement System 2.1 DASY5 System Description The DASY5 system for performing compliance tests consists of the following items:

A standard high precision 6-axis robot with controller, teach pendant and software. An arm extension for accommodating the data acquisition electronics (DAE). A data acquisition electronics (DAE) which performs the signal amplification, signal multiplexing, AD-conversion, offset measurements, mechanical surface detection, collision detection, etc. The unit is battery powered with standard or rechargeable batteries. The signal is optically transmitted to the EOC. The Electro-optical converter (EOC) performs the conversion from optical to electrical signals for the digital communication to the DAE. To use optical surface detection, a special version of the EOC is required. The EOC signal is transmitted to the measurement server. The Light Beam used is for probe alignment. This improves the (absolute) accuracy of the probe positioning. A computer running WinXP and the DASY5 software. Remote control and teach pendant as well as additional circuitry for robot safety such as warning lamps, etc. The phantom, the device holder and other accessories according to the targeted measurement. Page: 9 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 2.1.1 Applications Predefined procedures and evaluations for automated compliance testing with all worldwide standards, e.g., IEEE 1528, OET 65, IEC 62209-1, IEC 62209-2, EN 50360, EN 50383 and others. 2.1.2 Area Scans Area scans are defined prior to the measurement process being executed with a user defined variable spacing between each measurement point (integral) allowing low uncertainty measurements to be conducted. Scans defined for FCC applications utilize a 10mm step integral, with 1mm interpolation used to locate the peak SAR area used for zoom scan assessments. When an Area Scan has measured all reachable points, it computes the field maxima found in the scanned area, within a range of the global maximum. The range (in dB) is specified in the standards for compliance testing. For example, a 2 dB range is required in IEEE 1528-2013, EN 50361 and IEC 62209 standards, whereby 3 dB is a requirement when compliance is assessed in accordance with the ARIB standard (Japan). 2.1.3 Zoom Scan (Cube Scan Averaging) Zoom Scans are used to assess the peak spatial SAR values within a cubic averaging volume containing 1 g and 10 g of simulated tissue. A density of 1000 kg/m is used to represent the head and body tissue density and not the phantom liquid density, in order to be consistent with the definition of the liquid dielectric properties, i.e. the side length of the 1 g cube is 10mm, with the side length of the 10 g cube 21,5mm. The zoom scan integer steps can be user defined so as to reduce uncertainty, but normal practice for typical test applications (including FCC) utilize a physical step of 5x5x7

(8mmx8mmx5mm) providing a volume of 32mm in the X & Y axis, and 30mm in the Z axis. 2.1.4 Uncertainty of Inter-/Extrapolation and Averaging In order to evaluate the uncertainty of the interpolation, extrapolation and averaged SAR calculation algorithms of the Postprocessor, DASY5 allows the generation of measurement grids which are artificially predefined by analytically based test functions. Therefore, the grids of area scans and zoom scans can be filled with uncertainty test data, according to the SAR benchmark functions of IEEE 1528.The three analytical functions shown in equations as below are used to describe the possible range of the expected SAR distributions for the tested handsets. The field gradients are covered by the spatially flat Page: 10 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 distribution f1, the spatially steep distribution f3 and f2 accounts for H-field cancellation on the phantom/tissue surface. 2.2 DASY5 E-Field Probe The SAR measurement is conducted with the dosimetric probe manufactured by SPEAG. The probe is specially designed and calibrated for use in liquid with high permittivity. The dosimetric probe has special calibration in liquid at different frequency. SPEAG conducts the probe calibration in compliance with international and national standards (e.g. IEEE 1528, EN 62209-1, IEC 62209, etc.) under ISO 17025. The calibration data are in Appendix D. 2.2.1 Isotropic E-Field Probe Specification Model Construction Frequency Directivity Ex3DV4 Symmetrical design with triangular core Built-in shielding against static charges PEEK enclosure material (resistant to organic solvents, e.g., DGBE) 10 MHz to 6 GHz Linearity: 0.2 dB (30 MHz to 6 GHz) 0.3 dB in HSL (rotation around probe axis) 0.5 dB in tissue material (rotation normal to probe axis) Dynamic Range 10 W/g to 100 mW/g Linearity: 0.2 dB (noise: typically < 1 W/g) Dimensions Overall length: 330 mm (Tip: 20 mm) Tip diameter: 2.5 mm (Body: 12 mm) Typical distance from probe tip to dipole centers:

1 mm High precision dosimetric measurements in any exposure scenario

(e.g., very strong gradient fields). Only probe which enables compliance testing for frequencies up to 6 GHz with precision of better 30%. Application Page: 11 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 2.3 Boundary Detection Unit and Probe Mounting Device The DASY probes use a precise connector and an additional holder for the probe, consisting of a plastic tube and a flexible silicon ring to center the probe. The connector at the DAE is flexibly mounted and held in the default position with magnets and springs. Two switching systems in the connector mount detect frontal and lateral probe collisions and trigger the necessary software response. 2.4 DATA Acquisition Electronics (DAE) and Measurement Server The data acquisition electronics (DAE) consists of a highly sensitive electrometer-grade preamplifier with auto-zeroing, a channel and gain-switching multiplexer, a fast 16 bit AD-converter and a command decoder and control logic unit. Transmission to the measurement server is accomplished through an optical downlink for data and status information as well as an optical uplink for commands and the clock. The input impedance of the DAE4 is 200M Ohm; the inputs are symmetrical and floating. Common mode rejection is above 80dB. The DASY5 measurement server is based on a PC/104 CPU board with a 400MHz intel ULV Celeron, 128MB chipdisk and 128MB RAM. The necessary circuits for communication with the DAE electronics box, as well as the 16 bit AD converter system for optical detection and digital I/O interface are contained on the DASY5 I/O board, which is directly connected to the PC/104 bus of the CPU board. Page: 12 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 2.5 Robot The DASY5 system uses the high precision robots TX90 XL type out of the newer series from Stubli SA (France). For the 6-axis controller DASY5 system, the CS8C robot controller version from Stubli is used. The XL robot series have many features that are important for our application:

High precision (repeatability 0.02 mm) High reliability (industrial design) Jerk-free straight movements Low ELF interference (the closed metallic construction shields against motor control fields) 6-axis controller 2.6 Light Beam Unit the that The light beam switch allows automatic "tooling" of the probe. During the process, the actual position of the probe tip with respect to the robot arm is measured, as well as the probe length and the horizontal probe offset. The software then corrects all movements, such robot coordinates are valid for the probe tip. The repeatability of this process is better than 0.1 mm. If a position has been taught with an aligned probe, the same position will be reached with another aligned probe within 0.1 mm, even if the other probe has different dimensions. During probe rotations, the probe tip will keep its actual position. Page: 13 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 2.7 Device Holder The DASY5 device holder is designed to cope with different positions given in the standard. It has two scales for the device rotation (with respect to the body axis) and the device inclination (with respect to the line between the ear reference points). The rotation center for both scales is the ear reference point (EPR). Thus the device needs no repositioning when changing the angles. The DASY5 device holder has been made out of low-loss POM material having the following dielectric parameters:

relative permittivity r =3 and loss tangent = 0.02. The amount of dielectric material has been reduced in the closest vicinity of the device, since measurements have suggested that the influence of the clamp on the test results could thus be lowered. 2.8 SAM Twin Phantom The SAM twin phantom is a fiberglass shell phantom with 2mm shell thickness (except the ear region where shell thickness increases to 6mm). It has three measurement areas:

Left head Right head Flat phantom The bottom plate contains three pair of bolts for locking the device holder. The device holder positions are adjusted to the standard measurement positions in the three sections. A white cover is provided to tap the phantom during off-periods to prevent water evaporation and changes in the liquid parameters. On the phantom top, three reference markers are provided to identify the phantom position with respect to the robot. Page: 14 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 3. Tissue Simulating Liquid 3.1 The composition of the tissue simulating liquid INGREDIENT

(% Weight) Water Salt Sugar HEC Preventol DGBE Triton X-100 2450MHz 5200MHz 5800MHz Body 73.2 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 26.76 0.00 Body 76 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.44 19.56 Body 75.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.42 19.47 3.2 Tissue Calibration Result The dielectric parameters of the liquids were verified prior to the SAR evaluation using APREL Dielectric Probe Kit and Agilent E5071C Vector Network Analyzer. Body Tissue Simulate Measurement Frequency Description

[MHz]

Dielectric Parameters r 52.7

[s/m]

1.95 50.07 to 55.34 1.85 to 2.05 51.82 52.05 51.92 51.66 1.98 1.93 1.97 2.04 Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.3 21.3 21.3 21.3 2450 MHz 2412 MHz 2437 MHz 2480 MHz Reference result 5% window 27-June-19 Low channel Mid channel High channel Page: 15 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Body Tissue Simulate Measurement Frequency Description

[MHz]

5300MHz 5270 MHz Reference result 5% window 25-June-19 Channel 54 Dielectric Parameters r 48.88

[s/m]

5.42 46.43 to 51.32 5.15 to 5.69 48.48 48.56 5.52 5.47 Body Tissue Simulate Measurement Frequency Description

[MHz]

5600MHz 5530 MHz 5610 MHz 5690 MHz Reference result 5% window 25-June-19 Low channel Mid channel High channel Dielectric Parameters r 48.47

[s/m]

5.77 46.05 to 50.90 5.48 to 6.05 47.65 47.85 47.62 47.42 5.92 5.82 5.93 6.04 Body Tissue Simulate Measurement Frequency Description

[MHz]

5800MHz 5775 MHz Reference result 5% window 25-June-19 Channel 155 Dielectric Parameters r 48.2 6

[s/m]

45.79 to 50.61 5.7 to 6.3 47.17 47.20 6.25 6.21 Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.6 21.6 Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.6 21.6 21.6 21.6 Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.6 21.6 Page: 16 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 3.3 Tissue Dielectric Parameters for Head and Body Phantoms The head tissue dielectric parameters recommended by the IEEE SCC-34/SC-2 in P1528 have been incorporated in the following table. These head parameters are derived from planar layer models simulating the highest expected SAR for the dielectric properties and tissue thickness variations in a human head. Other head and body tissue parameters that have not been specified in P1528 are derived from the tissue dielectric parameters computed from the 4-Cole-Cole equations described in Reference [12] and extrapolated according to the head parameters specified in P1528. Target Frequency Head

(MHz) 150 300 450 835 900 915 1450 1610 1800 2000 2450 3000 5800 r 52.3 45.3 43.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 40.5 40.3 40.0 39.2 38.5 35.3

(S/m) 0.76 0.87 0.87 0.90 0.97 0.98 1.20 1.29 1.40 1.80 2.40 5.27 r 61.9 58.2 56.7 55.2 55.0 55.0 54.0 53.8 53.3 52.7 52.0 48.2 Body

(S/m) 0.80 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.05 1.06 1.30 1.40 1.52 1.95 2.73 6.00

(r = relative permittivity, = conductivity and = 1000 kg/m3) Page: 17 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 4. SAR Measurement Procedure 4.1 SAR System Check 4.1.1 Dipoles The dipoles used is based on the IEEE-1528 standard, and is complied with mechanical and electrical specifications in line with the requirements of both IEEE and FCC Supplement C. the table below provides details for the mechanical and electrical specifications for the dipoles. Frequency 2450MHz 5200M~5800MHz L (mm) 51.5 20.6 h (mm) 30.4 40.3 d (mm) 3.6 3.6 4.1.2 System Check Result System Performance Check at 2450MHz Dipole Kit: D2450V2 Frequency

[MHz]

2450 MHz Description SAR [w/kg]

1g Reference result 10% window 27-June-19 50.6 45.54 to 55.66 52.8 SAR [w/kg]

10g 23.9 21.51 to 26.29 24.88 Note: (1) The power level is used 250mW

(2) All SAR values are normalized to 1W forward power.

(3) The reference result is from Appendix E. Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.3 Page: 18 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 System Performance Check at 5300MHz Dipole Kit: D5GHzV2 Frequency

[MHz]

5300 MHz Description Reference result 10% window 25-June-19 SAR [w/kg]

1g SAR [w/kg]

10g 77.7 69.93 to 85.47 21.9 19.71 to 24.09 82.1 Note: (1) The power level is used 100mW

(2) All SAR values are normalized to 1W forward power. 22.8

(3) The reference result is from Appendix E. System Performance Check at 5600MHz Dipole Kit: D5GHzV2 Frequency

[MHz]

5600 MHz Description Reference result 10% window 25-June-19 SAR [w/kg]

1g SAR [w/kg]

10g 80.9 72.81 to 88.99 22.6 20.34 to 24.86 84.6 Note: (1) The power level is used 100mW

(2) All SAR values are normalized to 1W forward power. 23.2

(3) The reference result is from Appendix E. System Performance Check at 5800MHz Dipole Kit: D5GHzV2 Frequency

[MHz]

5800 MHz Description Reference result 10% window 25-June-19 82.3 Note: (1) The power level is used 100mW SAR [w/kg]

1g SAR [w/kg]

10g 78.3 70.47 to 86.13 21.7 19.53 to 23.87 22.7

(2) All SAR values are normalized to 1W forward power.

(3) The reference result is from Appendix E. Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.6 Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.6 Tissue Temp.

[C]

N/A 21.6 Page: 19 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 4.2 SAR Measurement Procedure The Dasy5 calculates SAR using the following equation,

: represents the simulated tissue conductivity

: represents the tissue density The EUT is set to transmit at the required power in line with product specification, at each frequency relating to the LOW, MID, and HIGH channel settings. Pre-scans are made on the device to establish the location for the transmitting antenna, using a large area scan in either air or tissue simulation fluid. The EUT is placed against the Universal Phantom where the maximum area scan dimensions are larger than the physical size of the resonating antenna. When the scan size is not large enough to cover the peak SAR distribution, it is modified by either extending the area scan size in both the X and Y directions, or the device is shifted within the predefined area. The area scan is then run to establish the peak SAR location (interpolated resolution set at 1mm )which is then used to orient the center of the zoom scan. The zoom scan is then executed and the 1g and 10g averages are derived from the zoom scan volume

(interpolated resolution set at 1mm). Page: 20 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 SAR Exposure Limits 5. SAR assessments have been made in line with the requirements of IEEE-1528, FCC Supplement C, and comply with ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 Uncontrolled Environments limits. These limits apply to a location which is deemed as Uncontrolled Environment which can be described as a situation where the general public may be exposed to an RF source with no prior knowledge or control over their exposure. Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure (W/kg) Type Exposure Uncontrolled Environment Limit Spatial Peak SAR (1g cube tissue for brain or body) Spatial Average SAR (whole body) Spatial Peak SAR (10g for hands, feet, ankles and wrist) 1.60 W/kg 0.08 W/kg 4.00 W/kg Page: 21 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 6. Test Equipment List Instrument Manufacturer Model No. Serial No. Last Next Stubli Robot TX60L Controller Reference Dipole 2450MHz Reference Dipole 5GHz SAM Twin Phantom Device Holder Data Acquisition Electronic E-Field Probe SAR Software Aprel Dipole Spaccer Stubli Speag Speag Speag Speag Speag Speag Speag Speag Aprel Calibration Calibration TX60L CS8c D2450V2 F09/5BL1A1/A06 2009/05/18 only once N/A 930 2009/05/18 only once 2016/11/15 2019/11/14 D5GHzV2 1041 2017/05/26 2020/05/25 QD000 P40 CA Tp 1515 N/A DAE4 EX3DV4 N/A 1425 3979 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2018/11/16 2019/11/15 2018/11/22 2019/11/21 DASY52 V52.10.0.1446 N/A ALS-DS-U QTK-295 N/A N/A N/A N/A1 N/A1 N/A1 N/A N/A N/A N/A Power Amplifier Mini-Circuit ZHL-42 D051404-20 Directional Coupler Attenuator Attenuator Vector Network Signal Generator Power Meter 87300C MY44300353 N/A Agilent Woken WATT-218FS-10 N/A Mini-Circuit BW-S20W2+

N/A Agilent Anritsu Anritsu E5071C MY46106342 2018/09/05 2019/09/04 MG3694A 041902 2018/08/27 2019/08/26 ML2487A 6K00001447 2018/10/23 2019/10/22 Wide Bandwidth Sensor Note: 1. System Check, the path loss measured by the network analyzer, includes the MA2411B 1339194 Anritsu 2018/10/23 2019/10/22 signal generator, amplifier, cable, attenuator and directional coupler. Page: 22 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Note:

Per KDB 865664 D01 requirements for dipole calibration, the following are recommended FCC procedures for SAR dipole calibration. 1. After a dipole is damaged and properly repaired to meet required specifications 2. When the measured SAR deviates from the calibrated SAR value by more than 10% due to changes in physical, mechanical, electrical or other relevant dipole conditions;

3. When the most recent return-loss, measured at least annually, deviates by more than 20%

from the previous measurement (i.e. 0.2 of the dB value) or not meeting the required -20 dB return-loss specification Calibration Measurement Measurement Calibration Measurement Measurement Calibration Measurement Measurement Calibration Measurement Measurement Calibration Measurement Measurement Frequency Tissue Return loss

-27.98dB

-28.02dB

-27.79dB Body Body Body 2450 2450 2450 Frequency Tissue Return loss

-24.00dB

-23.68dB

-21.18dB Body Body Body 5200 5200 5200 Frequency Tissue Return loss

-31.47dB

-28.08dB

-30.66dB Body Body Body 5300 5300 5300 Frequency Tissue Return loss

-24.25dB

-26.47dB

-22.06dB Body Body Body 5600 5600 5600 Frequency Tissue Return loss

-24.72dB

-23.63dB

-20.87dB Body Body Body 5800 5800 5800 Page: 23 of 35 Limit Within 20%

Limit Within 20%

Limit Within 20%

Limit Within 20%

Limit Within 20%

Verified Date 2016.11.15 2017.11.16 2018.11.13 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 4. When the most recent measurement of the real or imaginary parts of the impedance, measured at least annually, deviates by more than 5 from the previous measurement Calibration Measurement Measurement Frequency Tissue Body Body Body 2450 2450 2450 Impedance Limit 50.03 50.22 50.56 Within 5 Calibration Measurement Measurement Frequency Tissue Body Body Body 5200 5200 5200 Calibration Measurement Measurement Frequency Tissue Body Body Body 5300 5300 5300 Calibration Measurement Measurement Frequency Tissue Body Body Body 5600 5600 5600 Calibration Measurement Measurement Frequency Tissue Body Body Body 5800 5800 5800 Impedance Limit 49.02 49.79 48.00 Within 5 Impedance Limit 48.43 51.83 47.36 Within 5 Impedance Limit 56.52 52.87 52.19 Within 5 Impedance Limit 56.16 56.49 53.00 Within 5 Verified Date 2016.11.15 2017.11.16 2018.11.13 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Verified Date 2017.05.26 2018.05.25 2019.05.25 Page: 24 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 7. Measurement Uncertainty DASY5 Uncertainty (According to IEEE 1528-2013) Measurement uncertainty for 30 MHz to 3 GHz

(ci) 1g 1 0.7 0.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Uncert. value 6%

4.7%

9.6%

1.0%

4.7%

1.0%

2.4%

0.3%

0.8%

2.6%

3.0%

3.0%

0.4%

2.9%

4.0%

2.9%

3.6%

5.0%

0%

6.1%

1.9%

2.5%

2.5%

3.4%

0.4%

Error Description Measurement System Probe Calibration Axial Isotropy Hemispherical Isotropy Boundary Effects Linearity System Detection Limits Modulation Response Readout Electronics Response Time Integration Time RF Ambient Noise RF Ambient Reflections Probe Positioner Probe Positioning Max. SAR Eval. Test Sample Related Device Positioning Device Holder Power Drift Power Scaling Phantom and Setup Phantom Uncertainty SAR correction Liquid Conductivity (meas.) Liquid Permittivity (meas.) Temp. unc. - Conductivity Temp. unc. - Permittivity Combined Std. Uncertainty Expanded STD Uncertainty Prob. Dist. N R R R R R R N R R R R R R R N N R R R R R R R R Div. 1 1 1 1 Page: 25 of 35

(ci) 10g Std. Unc.

(1g) Std. Unc.

(10g)

(vi) veff 1 0.7 0.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6.0%

1.9%

3.9%

0.6%

2.7%

0.6%

1.4%

0.3%

0.5%

1.5%

1.7%

1.7%

0.2%

1.7%

1.2%

2.9%

3.6%

2.9%

0.0%

3.5%

1.1%

1.1%

0.3%

1.5%

0.1%

11.2%

22.3%

6.0%

1.9%

3.9%

0.6%

2.7%

0.6%

1.4%

0.3%

0.5%

1.5%

1.7%

1.7%

0.2%

1.7%

1.2%

2.9%

3.6%

2.9%

0.0%

3.5%

0.9%

1.0%

0.4%

1.4%

0.1%

11.1%

22.2%

145 5 361 1 1 0.78 0.26 0.78 0.23 1 0.84 0.71 0.26 0.71 0.26 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 DASY5 Uncertainty (According to IEEE 1528-2013) Error Description Measurement uncertainty for 3GHz to 6 GHz Std. Unc.

(1g) Prob. Dist.

(ci) 10g

(ci) 1g Div. Uncert. value 6.55%

4.7%

9.6%

2.0%

4.7%

1.0%

2.4%

0.3%

0.8%

2.6%

3.0%

3.0%

0.8%

6.7%

4.0%

2.9%

3.6%

5.0%

0%

6.6%

1.9%

2.5%

2.5%

3.4%

0.4%

Measurement System Probe Calibration Axial Isotropy Hemispherical Isotropy Boundary Effects Linearity System Detection Limits Modulation Response Readout Electronics Response Time Integration Time RF Ambient Noise RF Ambient Reflections Probe Positioner Probe Positioning Post-processing Test Sample Related Device Positioning Device Holder Power Drift Power Scaling Phantom and Setup Phantom Uncertainty SAR correction Liquid Conductivity (meas.) Liquid Permittivity (meas.) Temp. unc. - Conductivity Temp. unc. - Permittivity Combined Std. Uncertainty Expanded STD Uncertainty N R R R R R R N R R R R R R R N N R R R R R R R R 1 1 1 1 1 0.7 0.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.7 0.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.26 0.78 0.23 1 1 0.84 0.26 0.71 0.26 6.55%

1.9%

3.9%

1.2%

2.7%

0.6%

1.4%

0.3%

0.5%

1.5%

1.7%

1.7%

0.5%

3.9%

2.3%

2.9%

3.6%

2.9%

0.0%

3.8%

1.1%

1.1%

0.3%

1.5%

0.1%

12.3%

24.6%

Page: 26 of 35 Std. Unc.

(10g)

(vi) veff 145 5 748 6.55%

1.9%

3.9%

1.2%

2.7%

0.6%

1.4%

0.3%

0.5%

1.5%

1.7%

1.7%

0.5%

3.9%

2.3%

2.9%

3.6%

2.9%

0.0%

3.8%

0.9%

1.0%

0.4%

1.4%

0.1%

12.2%

24.5%

Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 8. Conducted Power Measurement (Including tolerance allowed for production unit) AV Target CH WLAN 2.4G 2TX SISO Frequency Mode BW t r o p a n n e n a n a t t a r e w o p t t u p u o m u m x a m d e i i f i c e p s e d o m M D F O S S S D

/

CH 1 2 6 11 12 13 1 6 11 12 13 1 6 11 12 13 3 6 9 10 11 WLAN 2.4GHz b 20 g 20 n(HT) 20 40 SISO-Main(TX1) Chain B PK AV Power Power 20.61 17.96 20.64 17.93 20.59 17.88 20.58 17.95 18 18 18 18 19.29 16.63 16.75 17.28 14.55 14.75 20.85 15.84 22.32 17.97 21.10 16.00 18.13 12.89 16 18 16 13 1.36

-6.29

-6.25 21.11 15.99 22.37 17.93 21.47 15.99 18.38 12.95 16 18 16 13 1.33

-6.35

-6.25 19.41 13.91 14 20.35 14.32 14.5 19.43 13.71 13.75 17.31 9.46 9.5 10.49 3.13 3.25 SISO-Aux(TX2) Chain A PK AV Power Power 20.33 17.92 20.57 17.91 20.61 17.89 20.46 17.88 AV Target 18 18 18 18 19.12 16.75 16.75 17.69 14.94 15 20.17 15.31 15.5 22.02 17.92 18 20.41 15.34 15.5 18.09 12.90 1.25

-6.11 13

-6 20.37 15.22 15.5 22.03 17.96 18 20.48 15.28 15.5 17.94 12.87 1.26

-6.17 19.12 13.80 13

-6 14 20.17 14.36 14.5 19.10 13.70 13.75 16.47 8.95 12.11 4.24 9 4.5 1 2 6 11 12 13 1 6 11 12 13 1 6 11 12 13 3 6 9 10 11 Page: 27 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 WLAN 5G 2TX SISO Frequency Mode BW a 20 U-NII-1

(5150~5250MHz) n(HT) 20 40 SISO-Main(TX1) SISO-Aux(TX2) Chain B Chain A CH AV AV Power Target CH AV AV Power Target 36 15.97 16 36 15.98 16 40 15.99 16 40 15.99 16 44 15.98 16 44 15.92 16 48 15.93 16 48 15.94 16 36 15.93 16 36 15.96 16 40 15.85 16 40 15.93 16 44 15.91 16 44 15.89 16 48 15.84 16 48 15.97 16 38 15.94 16 38 15.89 16 46 15.93 16 46 15.96 16 Frequency Mode BW a 20 U-NII-2A

(5250~5350MHz) 20 n(HT) 40 SISO-Main(TX1) SISO-Aux(TX2) Chain B Chain A CH AV AV Power Target CH AV AV Power Target 52 15.89 16 52 15.91 16 56 15.86 16 56 15.92 16 60 15.88 16 60 15.93 16 64 15.87 16 64 15.95 16 52 15.96 16 52 15.99 16 56 15.87 16 56 15.94 16 60 15.96 16 60 15.91 16 64 15.93 16 64 15.88 16 54 15.99 16 54 15.93 16 62 15.44 15.5 62 15.50 15.5 ac 80 42 15.93 16 42 15.91 16 ac 80 58 14.40 14.5 58 14.42 14.5 a 20 U-NII-2C

(5470~5650MHz) n(HT) 20 40 U-NII-1 + U-NII-2A ac 160 50 15.92 16 50 15.46 15.5 100 14.99 15 100 14.96 15 132 14.98 15 132 14.87 15 112 14.98 15 112 14.94 15 a 20 149 13.91 14 149 13.92 14 116 14.88 15 116 14.95 15 128 14.87 15 128 14.81 15 100 14.92 15 100 14.89 15 165 13.95 14 165 13.93 14 132 14.94 15 132 14.99 15 20 149 13.85 14 149 13.85 14 112 14.87 15 112 14.81 15 5.65 GHz &

116 14.91 15 116 14.92 15 U-NII-3 n(HT) 165 13.88 14 165 13.83 14 134 14.96 15 134 14.92 15 128 14.99 15 128 14.89 15

(5725~5850MHz) 40 151 13.85 14 151 13.96 14 159 13.89 14 159 13.99 14 20 144 14.91 15 144 14.91 15 ac 40 142 14.92 15 142 14.89 15 80 138 14.94 15 138 14.92 15 155 13.99 14 155 13.99 14 102 14.19 14.25 102 14.39 14.5 110 14.99 15 110 14.92 15 118 14.89 15 118 14.95 15 126 14.81 15 126 14.82 15 80 ac 106 14.96 15 106 14.98 15 122 14.91 15 122 14.94 15 160 114 12.43 12.5 114 12.46 12.5 Page: 28 of 35 t r o p a n n e n a n a t t a r e w o p t t u p u o m u m x a m d e i i f i c e p s e d o m M D F O Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 BT Only Support Aux Frequency Mode Modulation r e w o p t i t u p u o m u m x a m e d o m h o o e u B t t l BR GFSK BT 2.4GHz EDR 8DPSK BLE GFSK SISO-Main(TX1) Chain B SISO-Aux(TX2) Chain A CH PK AV AV Power Power Target CH PK AV AV Power Power Target 0 39 78 0 39 78 0 19 39 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 39 78 0 39 78 0 19 39 9.39 8.69 10.50 10.21 9.44 10.50 10.41 9.95 10.50 9.47 6.42 7.00 9.89 6.54 7.00 10.00 6.72 7.00 8.41 6.50 6.50 8.38 6.49 6.50 8.31 6.28 6.50 Page: 29 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 9. Test Results 9.1 SAR Test Results Summary SAR MEASUREMENT Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9 2 Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 2 Relative Humidity (%): 49 Depth of Liquid (cm):>15 Test Position Body Antenna Position Frequency Conducted Power (dBm) SAR 1g (W/kg) Channel MHz Measurement Tune-up Limit Measurement Tune-up Scaled Limit

(W/kg) Test Mode: 802.11b - LUXSHARE Main Antenna Bottom Bottom Bottom Fixed Fixed Fixed 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 Test Mode: 802.11b - LUXSHARE Aux Antenna Fixed Bottom 2412 Test Mode: 802.11b -Hong-Bo Main Antenna 2462 Bottom Fixed 11 1 17.96 17.88 17.95 17.92 17.92 18 18 18 18 18 0.696 0.710 0.890 0.702 0.730 0.900 1.6 1.6 1.6 0.645 0.657 1.6 0.879 0.895 1.6 Test Mode: BT -1M - LUXSHARE Aux Antenna Bottom Fixed 78 2480 9.95 10.5 0.082 0.093 1.6 Note : 1. When the highest reported SAR for DSSS is adjusted by the ratio of OFDM to DSSS specified maximum output power and the adjusted SAR is 1.2 W/kg, SAR is not required. 2. When the reported SAR of the highest measured maximum output power channel for the exposure configuration is 0.8 W/kg, no further SAR testing is required for 802.11b DSSS in that exposure configuration. Page: 30 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 SAR MEASUREMENT Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7 2 Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 2 Relative Humidity (%): 49 Depth of Liquid (cm):>15 Test Position Body Antenna Position Frequency Conducted Power (dBm) Tune-up Channel MHz Measurement Test Mode: 802.11n (40M)-5GHz- LUXSHARE Main Antenna Bottom Fixed 54 5270 15.99 Test Mode: 802.11ac (80M)-5GHz- LUXSHARE Main Antenna Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 106 122 138 155 5530 5610 5690 5775 14.96 14.91 14.94 13.99 Test Mode: 802.11n (40M)-5GHz- LUXSHARE Aux Antenna Bottom(NB) Fixed 54 5270 15.93 Test Mode: 802.11ac (80M)-5GHz- LUXSHARE Aux Antenna Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 106 122 138 155 5530 5610 5690 5775 14.98 14.94 14.92 13.99 Test Mode: 802.11n (40M)-5GHz- Hong-Bo Main Antenna Bottom Fixed 54 5270 15.93 Test Mode: 802.11n (40M)-5GHz- Hong-Bo Aux Antenna Limit 16 15 15 15 14 16 15 15 15 14 16 SAR 1g (W/kg) Measurement Tune-up Scaled Limit

(W/kg) 0.996 0.998 1.6 0.864 0.843 0.746 0.552 0.872 0.861 0.756 0.553 1.100 1.118 0.847 0.751 0.698 0.583 0.851 0.761 0.711 0.584 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 0.934 0.949 1.6 Bottom Fixed 54 5270 15.92 16 0.994 1.012 1.6 Note : 1. When multiple transmission modes (802.11 n) have the same specified maximum output power, largest channel bandwidth, lowest order modulation and lowest data rate, the lowest order 802.11 mode is selected 2. When the reported SAR of the highest measured maximum output power channel for the exposure configuration is 0.8 W/kg, no further SAR testing is required in that exposure configuration. 3. When the reported SAR of the highest measured maximum U-NII-2A for the exposure configuration is 1.2 W/kg, SAR is not required for U-NII-1 band. Page: 31 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 9.2 Simultaneous Transmission Simultaneous Transmission Configurations 1 2 3 4 5 WLAN 2.4GHz Main + WLAN 2.4GHz Aux WLAN 2.4GHz Main + BT Aux WLAN 5GHz Main + WLAN 5GHz Aux WLAN 5GHz Main + BT Aux WLAN 5GHz Main + WLAN 5GHz Aux + BT Aux 9.2.1 Simultaneous transmission of MIMO in 802.11 test exclusion considerations Frequency

(GHz) 2.4 5 Test Position

(Body) Bottom Bottom WLAN Main SAR (W/Kg) WLAN Aux SAR W/Kg) Simultaneous Transmission

(W/Kg) Antenna pair in mm Peak location separation ratio 0.900 0.998 0.657 1.118 1.557 2.116 N/A 131 N/A 0.023 Note : The sum of value is less than 1.6W/Kg or the ratio is determined by (SAR1 + SAR2)1.5/Ri, rounded to two decimal digits, and must be 0.04 for all antenna pairs in the configuration to qualify for SAR test exclusion. 5G Bottom Page: 32 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 9.2.2.2 simultaneous transmission of Wi-Fi and other wireless technologies When the sum of SAR is larger than the limit, The ratio is determined by (SAR1 +

SAR2)^1.5/Ri, rounded to two decimal digits, and must be 0.04 for all antenna pairs in the configuration to qualify for 1-g SAR test exclusion. The estimation result as below:

For DTS Band:

BT Mode WLAN Main SAR (W/Kg) Bottom N/A The sum of value is less than 1.6W/Kg, thus simultaneous SAR testing is not needed. For U-NII Band:

Transmission (W/Kg) Simultaneous in mm N/A Antenna pair SAR (W/Kg) 0.093 0.900 0.993 Peak location separation ratio Mode WLAN Main SAR (W/Kg) Bottom N/A The sum of value is less than 1.6W/Kg, thus simultaneous SAR testing is not needed. Transmission (W/Kg) Simultaneous in mm N/A Antenna pair SAR (W/Kg) Peak location separation ratio 0.093 0.998 1.091 BT Mode WLAN Main SAR (W/Kg) Bottom 0.998 WLAN Aux SAR (W/Kg) BT SAR (W/Kg) Simultaneous Transmission (W/Kg) 1.118 0.093 2.209 Antenna pair in mm 131 Peak location separation ratio 0.025 The ratio of value is less than 0.04, thus simultaneous SAR testing is not needed. WLAN 5G Main + WLAN 5G AUX WLAN 5G Main + BT AUX Page: 33 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 10. SAR measurement variability 1) Repeated measurement is not required when the original highest measured SAR is < 0.80 W/kg; steps 2) through 4) do not apply. 2) When the original highest measured SAR is 0.80 W/kg, repeat that measurement once. 3) Perform a second repeated measurement only if the ratio of largest to smallest SAR for the original and first repeated measurements is > 1.20 or when the original or repeated measurement is 1.45 W/kg (~ 10%

from the 1-g SAR limit). 4) Perform a third repeated measurement only if the original, first or second repeated measurement is 1.5 W/kg and the ratio of largest to smallest SAR for the original, first and second repeated measurements is >

1.20. Frequency SAR 1g (W/kg) Channel MHz Original 11 54 2462 5270 0.890 1.100 First Repeated Value Ratio 1.045 0.886 1.040 1.058 Second Repeated Value Ratio N/A N/A N/A N/A Third Repeated Value Ratio N/A N/A N/A N/A Page: 34 of 35 Report No.:1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Appendix Appendix A. SAR System Check Data Appendix B. SAR measurement Data Appendix C. Test Setup Photographs & EUT Photographs Appendix D. Probe Calibration Data Appendix E. Dipole Calibration Data Page: 35 of 35 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Appendix A. SAR System Check Data Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 System Performance Check_2450MHz-Body DUT: Dipole 2450 MHz; Type: D2450V2 Communication System: UID 0, CW; Frequency: 2450 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2450 MHz; = 1.98 S/m; r = 51.82; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/2450MHz_Body/Area Scan (9x9x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 14.1 W/kg Configuration/2450MHz_Body/Zoom Scan (7x7x7) (7x7x7)/Cube 0:

Measurement grid: dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 84.21 V/m; Power Drift = 0.07 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 27.2 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 13.2 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 6.22 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 14.2 W/kg Page: 1 of 4 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 System Performance Check_5300MHz-Body DUT: Dipole 5GHz; Type: D5GHzV2 Communication System: UID 0, CW; Frequency: 5300 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5300 MHz; = 5.52 S/m; r = 48.48; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.46, 4.46, 4.46); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/5300MHz_Body/Area Scan (8x8x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 11.2 W/kg Configuration/5300MHz_Body/Zoom Scan (7x7x12), dist=1.4mm

(7x7x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4mm, dy=4mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 67.43 V/m; Power Drift = -0.06 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 32.5 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 8.21 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 2.28 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 20.2 W/kg Page: 2 of 4 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 System Performance Check_5600MHz-Body DUT: Dipole 5GHz; Type: D5GHzV2 Communication System: UID 0, CW; Frequency: 5600 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5600 MHz; = 5.92 S/m; r = 47.65; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(3.92, 3.92, 3.92); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/5600MHz_Body/Area Scan (8x8x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 12.3 W/kg Configuration/5600MHz_Body/Zoom Scan (7x7x12), dist=1.4mm

(7x7x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4mm, dy=4mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 68.08 V/m; Power Drift = -0.08 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 36.2 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 8.46 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 2.32 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 21.8 W/kg Page: 3 of 4 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 System Performance Check_5800MHz-Body DUT: Dipole 5GHz; Type: D5GHzV2 Communication System: UID 0, CW; Frequency: 5800 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5800 MHz; = 6.25 S/m; r = 47.17; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.2, 4.2, 4.2); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/5800MHz_Body/Area Scan (8x8x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 14.7 W/kg Configuration/5800MHz_Body/Zoom Scan (7x7x12), dist=1.4mm

(7x7x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4mm, dy=4mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 67.69 V/m; Power Drift = -0.09 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 37.5 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 8.23 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 2.27 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 23.0 W/kg Page: 4 of 4 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Appendix B. SAR measurement Data Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 802.11b_1-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 2.4G; Frequency: 2412 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2412 MHz; = 1.93 S/m; r = 52.05; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x26x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 0.899 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (5x5x7) (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=8mm, dy=8mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 6.587 V/m; Power Drift = 0.17 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.62 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.696 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.307 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.02 W/kg Page: 1 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 802.11b_6-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 2.4G; Frequency: 2437 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2437 MHz; = 1.97 S/m; r = 51.92; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (6x8x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.15 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (5x5x7) (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=8mm, dy=8mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 7.019 V/m; Power Drift = -0.12 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.65 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.710 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.311 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.12 W/kg Page: 2 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 802.11b_11-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 2.4G; Frequency: 2462 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2462 MHz; = 2.02 S/m; r = 51.75; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (6x8x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.38 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (5x5x7) (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=8mm, dy=8mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 6.326 V/m; Power Drift = 0.17 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 2.13 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.890 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.382 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.40 W/kg Page: 3 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 802.11b_1-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 2.4G; Frequency: 2412 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2412 MHz; = 1.93 S/m; r = 52.05; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x26x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 0.957 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (5x5x7) (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=8mm, dy=8mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 6.427 V/m; Power Drift = -0.01 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.48 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.645 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.281 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.06 W/kg Page: 4 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 802.11b_11-Bottom Main-Hong-Bo DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 2.4G; Frequency: 2462 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2462 MHz; = 2.02 S/m; r = 51.75; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (6x8x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.05 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (5x5x7) (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=8mm, dy=8mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 5.658 V/m; Power Drift = 0.02 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 2.05 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.879 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.378 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.41 W/kg Page: 5 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 BT-1M_78-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, BT 1M&3M&BLE; Frequency: 2480 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2480 MHz; = 2.04 S/m; r = 51.66; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x26x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 0.0895 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (5x5x7) (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=8mm, dy=8mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 3.830 V/m; Power Drift = 0.14 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.162 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.082 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.052 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 0.116 W/kg Page: 6 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 802.11b EUT Bottom (LUXSHARE Main Antenna) Z-Axis plot Channel: 11 Page: 7 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11n40M_54-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5270 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5270 MHz; = 5.47 S/m; r = 48.56; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.46, 4.46, 4.46); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (9x31x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.55 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 6.032 V/m; Power Drift = -0.11 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.54 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.996 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.429 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 2.17 W/kg Page: 8 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_106-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5530 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5530 MHz; = 5.82 S/m; r = 47.85; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(3.92, 3.92, 3.92); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.36 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.371 V/m; Power Drift = -0.14 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.11 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.864 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.387 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.80 W/kg Page: 9 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_122-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5610 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5610 MHz; = 5.93 S/m; r = 47.62; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(3.92, 3.92, 3.92); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.30 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.416 V/m; Power Drift = -0.12 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.29 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.843 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.386 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.80 W/kg Page: 10 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_138-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5690 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5690 MHz; = 6.05 S/m; r = 47.42; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(3.92, 3.92, 3.92); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.03 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.385 V/m; Power Drift = -0.13 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.39 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.746 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.346 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.46 W/kg Page: 11 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_155-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5775 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5775 MHz; = 6.21 S/m; r = 47.2; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.2, 4.2, 4.2); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 0.725 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.397 V/m; Power Drift = -0.12 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.12 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.552 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.268 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.06 W/kg Page: 12 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11n40M_54-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5270 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5270 MHz; = 5.47 S/m; r = 48.56; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.46, 4.46, 4.46); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (11x31x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.76 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.562 V/m; Power Drift = -0.17 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.85 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 1.1 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.463 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 2.30 W/kg Page: 13 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_106-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5530 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5530 MHz; = 5.82 S/m; r = 47.85; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(3.92, 3.92, 3.92); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.31 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.321 V/m; Power Drift = 0.09 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.34 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.847 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.377 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.76 W/kg Page: 14 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_122-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5610 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5610 MHz; = 5.93 S/m; r = 47.62; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(3.92, 3.92, 3.92); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.31 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.772 V/m; Power Drift = -0.17 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 3.79 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.751 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.344 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.47 W/kg Page: 15 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_138-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5690 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5690 MHz; = 6.05 S/m; r = 47.42; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(3.92, 3.92, 3.92); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.23 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.579 V/m; Power Drift = -0.17 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 3.96 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.698 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.321 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.36 W/kg Page: 16 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11ac80M_155-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5775 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5775 MHz; = 6.21 S/m; r = 47.2; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.2, 4.2, 4.2); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 0.983 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.311 V/m; Power Drift = -0.11 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 3.93 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.583 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.271 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.16 W/kg Page: 17 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11n40M_54-Bottom Main-Hong-Bo DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5270 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5270 MHz; = 5.47 S/m; r = 48.56; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.46, 4.46, 4.46); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.51 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 6.819 V/m; Power Drift = -0.01 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 5.28 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.934 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.433 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.83 W/kg Page: 18 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11n40M_54-Bottom Aux-Hong-Bo DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5270 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5270 MHz; = 5.47 S/m; r = 48.56; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.46, 4.46, 4.46); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x10x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.70 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 7.085 V/m; Power Drift = -0.06 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.20 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.994 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.420 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 2.06 W/kg Page: 19 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 802.11n (40M) EUT Bottom (LUXSHARE Aux Antenna), Z-Axis plot Channel: 54 Page: 20 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 SAR measurement variability Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/27 802.11b_11-Bottom Main-LUXSHARE Verify DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 2.4G; Frequency: 2462 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 2462 MHz; = 2.02 S/m; r = 51.75; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.9, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.3 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(7.5, 7.5, 7.5); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 3mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with left table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (6x8x1): Measurement grid: dx=12mm, dy=12mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.43 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (5x5x7) (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=8mm, dy=8mm, dz=5mm Reference Value = 6.136 V/m; Power Drift = 0.08 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 2.12 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.886 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.373 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 1.44 W/kg Page: 21 of 22 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Test Laboratory: DEKRA Date/Time: 2019/06/25 802.11n40M_54-Bottom Aux-LUXSHARE Verify DUT: Notebook PC; Type: UX481F Communication System: UID 0, WLAN 5G; Frequency: 5270 MHz;

Communication System PAR: 0 dB Medium parameters used: f = 5270 MHz; = 5.47 S/m; r = 48.56; = 1000 kg/m3 Phantom section: Flat Section Ambient Temperature (C) : 22.7, Liquid Temperature (C) : 21.6 Measurement Standard: DASY5 (IEEE/IEC/ANSI C63.19-2011) DASY5 Configuration:

Probe: EX3DV4 - SN3979; ConvF(4.46, 4.46, 4.46); Calibrated: 2018/11/22;

Sensor-Surface: 1.4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection) Electronics: DAE4 Sn1425; Calibrated: 2018/11/16 Phantom: SAM with right table; Type: SAM;

Measurement SW: DASY52, Version 52.10 (0); SEMCAD X Version 14.6.10 (7417) Configuration/Body/Area Scan (7x9x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 2.26 W/kg Configuration/Body/Zoom Scan (6x6x12) (6x6x12)/Cube 0: Measurement grid:

dx=5mm, dy=5mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 4.776 V/m; Power Drift = 0.02 dB Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 4.10 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 1.04 W/kg; SAR(10 g) = 0.433 W/kg Maximum value of SAR (measured) = 2.40 W/kg Page: 22 of 22 Appendix D. Probe Calibration Data Object: EX3DV4 - SN:3979 Appendix E. Dipole Calibration Validation Dipole 2450 MHz M/N: D2450V2 S/N: 930 Validation Dipole 5 GHz M/N: D5GHzV2 S/N: 1041

 

 

Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Appendix C. Test Setup Photographs & EUT Photographs Test Setup Photographs EUT Bottom Touch Page: 1 of 25 Report No.: 1960087R-SAUSP46V00 Depth of the liquid in the phantom-Zoom In (2.4GHz) Depth of the liquid in the phantom-Zoom In (5GHz) Note: The positions used in the measurements were according to IEEE 1528-2013. Page: 2 of 25

 

 

Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division June 3, 2019 ATTESTATION FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Product: Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Model: 9560D2W We dont provide any controls or software to allow operation outside the USA frequency band when we sell a product bearing the FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 anywhere in the world. Sincerely, ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC.

 

 

SUS

- Declaration of Product Modifications May 31, 2019 This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, originally granted on 03/07/2018. :

The major change filed under this application is:

Change #1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: UX334F, U3600F, BX334F, RX334F

| Brand | Model | Difference |

UX334F, asus | U3 600F, All models are electrically identical, different BX334F, model names are for marketing purpose. RX334F

#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(Only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).

#3: Addition two antennas, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application. Sincerely, Fax:\+-886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 Date: June 3, 2019 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant Hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application As outlined below:

Type of Confidentiality Requested Exhibit

: Permanent Block Diagrams Short Term External Photos Short Term , Internal Photos

& Permanent Operation Description/Theory of Operation Permanent Parts List & Placement/BOM Permanent Tune-Up Procedure Permanent Schematics Short Term Test Setup Photos Short Term Users Manual The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily Released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Permanent Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits listed above as permanently confidential be permanently withheld from public review due to materials that contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public Short-Term Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits selected above as short term confidential be withheld from public view for a period of 180 days from the date of the Grant of Equipment Authorization and prior to marketing. This is to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public.

 

 

JEU Declaration of Authorization We Name: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Address: 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, City: Taipei, Country: Taiwan Declare that:

Name Representative of agent: Vincent Lin Agent Company name: DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd. Address: No.5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist., City: New Taipei City 24451, Country: Taiwan, R.O.C. is authorized to apply for Certification of the following product(s):

Product Name: Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Model: 9560D2W FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 IC ID: 3568A-9560D2 Trademark: Intel on our behalf. This is valid until May 30, 2020, or until FCC and IC certification are completed, whichever comes sooner. Date: 2019/06/3 City: Taipei Name: Jackson Yen Function: Ay. Vice President Signature:

 

 

DTS-UNII Device Declaration Letter Date: May 3rd, 2019 To whom it may concern:

We have declared below featured for FCC equipment authorization, FCC ID: MSQ9560D2

(1) DFS Device -- [_] Master, [_] Client with Radar detection capability ,

[X] Client without radar detection capability, Oo N/A

-(2) Active / Passive Scanning, adhoc mode access point capability Frequency Band Active Scanning passive scanning Ad Hoc Mode or Access point

(MHz) (the device can (where the device is WIFI Direct capability transmit a probe capability

(beacon)) 2412-2472 L] Yes, KX] No ves, [] No Lives, K)No 2422-2462 Cl yes, KI No XX] ves, [] No Yes, LJ] No C1 Yes, KINo 5180-5240, Cves, KJ No XX] Yes, [J No Ll ves, Dd No LI Yes, K] No 5260-5320 Lyes, KINo Xl yes, J No [_] Yes, K] No LJ ves, KI No 5500-5700 Cl Yes, Kj No Xl yes, CL] No L] Yes, X] No L] Yes, XJ No 5745-5825 L] ves, KX} No [ yes, [] No Ll ves, BA] No L] ves, KI No 5190-5230 ]es, BX] No 1 ves, LJ No Lves, XJ No [_] Yes, BX]. No 5270-5310 L] Yes, XJ No Yes, L] No Dyes, Ki No [_] Yes, XJ No 5510-5670 Ces, K] No XX] Yes, (No LJ Yes, No Cl yes, XJ No 5755-5795 Clves, KI No XX yes, (J No LI yYes, KJ No LI Yes, K) No 5720 Oves, K] No XK] Yes, [J No Ll Yes, K) No OC yes, KI No 5710 | Lives, XI No Kl ves, L] No LJ Yes, BI No L] Yes , KI No 5210 Li Yes, XJ No KX Yes, [-] No yes, X<] No LJ ves , KX] No 5290 LJ Yes, KX] No Xl ves, L] No LJ yes , K] No LJ ves, K] No 5530-5690 L] ves, KI No Kl yes, L] No Ll Yes, No L] ves, K] No 5775 LI ves, KX] No Byes, [] No L_] Yes, XJ No L] ves, XI No This information when programmed into the EEPROM will not be accessible and can not be changed by the end user. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Signature, S

 

 

Declaration of Product Modifications This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, originally granted on 03/07/2018. The major change filed under this application is:

Change #1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: UX434F,BX434F,U4600F May 31, 2019 Brand Model Difference ASUS UX434F, BX434F, U4600F All models are electrically identical, different model names are for marketing purpose.

#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(Only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).

#3: Addition two antennas, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application Sincerely,

Jackson Yen / Associate Vice President ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Tel: +886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 Date: May 31, 2019 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant Hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application As outlined below: :

Type of Confidentiality Requested Exhibit Permanent Block Diagrams

[ Short Term Extemal Photos Short Term Internal Photos Permanent Operation Description/Theory of Operation

[ Permanent Parts List & Placement/BOM LJ Permanent Tune-Up Procedure Permanent Schematics Short Term Test Setup Photos Short Term Users Manual The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily Released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Permanent Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits listed above as permanently confidential be permanently withheld from public review due to materials that contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public Short-Term Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits selected above as short term confidential be withheld from public view for a period of 180 days from the date of the Grant of Equipment Authorization and prior to marketing. This is to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public. Sincerely, ciate Vice President TER INC.

 

 

Declaration of Product Modifications April 1, 2019 This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, originally granted on 03/07/2018. The major change filed under this application is:

Change #1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: UX562F, RX562F, Q546F. Brand Model Difference ASUS UX562F RX562F Q546F All models are electrically identical, different model names are for marketing purpose.

#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(Only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).

#3: Addition one antenna, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application. Sincerely,

Jackson Yen / Associate Vice President ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Tel: +886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

ASUS

- Declaration of Product Modifications March 18, 2019 This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, originally granted on 03/07/2018. The major change filed under this application is:

Change #1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: C214M.

#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(Only reduce PAD Mode Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).

#3: Addition two antennas, the antennv a type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application. Sincerely, Tel: \}886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

ASUSTeK Computer Inc *

4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan Nov. 23, 2018 To: SIEMIC, INC. 775 Montague Expressway, Milpitas, CA 95035 USA Dear Sir/Madam, Re: Product Certification Representative Authorization Letter We, ASUSTeK Computer Inc hereby authorize SIEMIC, Inc. to act as a Certification Body for certifying for the following project(s):

Product description: Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Model name: 9560D2W FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Sincerely, Clients signature Clients name / ti Contact informa SCS-F18: Project and Product Certification Representative Authorization Letter Page 2 of 2 Rev 5.0

 

 

ASUSTeK Computer Inc 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan Date: Nov. 23, 2018 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 Subject: Requesting Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 To Whom It May Concern:

To Whom It May Concern:

The purpose of this letter is to request a Class II Permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2

(1) This is to request a Class Hl permissive change for FCC 1D: MSQ9560D2, originally granted on 03/07/2018 The major change filed under this application is:

Change #1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: UX562FA, Q506F and Q526F. Models difference: All models are electrically identical, different model names are for marketing purpose. Change #2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(Only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changed). Change #3: Addition two antennas, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application.

(2) Modular has proceed 15mm which smaller than 25mm of bystander requirement and excluded testing. Except for the changes above, no other modification is performed. There is no hardware or electrical modification made to the applying transmitter itself. Thank you for your attention in this matter. Best Regards Signature:

Name/Title: Associate Vice President Company Name: ASUST@K Computer Inc Address: 4F, No. 150, LiTe Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan TEL: +886-2-28943447 FAX: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

ASUSTeK Computer Inc . 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan Date: Nov. 23, 2018 To:

Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD Subject: Permanent Confidentiality Request for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Pursuant to sections 0.457 and 0.459 of CFR 47, we respectfully request permanent confidential treatment of the following Exhibits accompanying this application as:

-_ Operational Description The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these materials may be harmful to the applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The applicant understands that disclosure of this application and all accompanying documentation not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely, Sy

: Jacks Yen/Associate Vice President

/ address: 4F, No. 150, LiTe Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan Clients signature :

Clients name & ti Contact informati SCS-F19: Confidentiality Request Letter Page 2 of 3 Rev 5.0

 

 

ASUSTeK Computer Inc . 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan Nov. 23, 2018 To: Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Equipment Authorization Division 7345 Oakland Mills Road i Columbia, Maryland 21046 Subject: Short Term Confidentiality Request for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 To Whom It May Concern:

Pursuant to sections 0.457 and 0.459 of CFR 47, and to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public, the applicant requests the following documents contained in this certification application be temporarily withheld from public isclosure for an initial period of 45[_] or 180 [X] days; or for a specified date of [_] /[_]/[_] {ptease check one). not to exceed 180 days from the Grant Date. See KDB 726920.. User Manual Internal Photas External Photo -_ Test Setup photos The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these materials may be harmful to the applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. Sincerely, Clients signature Clients name & title / { Jackson Contact information address an/Associate Vice President

, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peltou, Taipei 112, Taiwan SCS-F19: Confidentiality Request Letter Page 3 of 3 Rev 5.0

 

 

Date: Nov. 23, 2018 To whom it may concern:

We have declared below featured for FCC equipment authorization, Device FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 ASUSTeK Computer Inc 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan DTS-UNII Device Declaration Letter

(1) DFS Device-- [] Master ,([] Client with Radar detection capability , Ed Client without radar detection capability, (] N/A

(2) Active / Passive Scanning , adhoc mode access point capal :

Frequency Band Active Scanning passive scanning Ad Hoc Mode or Access point _ *e:(MHz) (the device can transmit | (where the device is can WIFI Direct capability a probe (beacon)) isten only with no capability mo probes) 2412~2472 LJ Yes, KJ No XX Yes, L] No BX Yes, LJ No (J Yes , KJ No 150~5250 LJ Yes , KX] No Bd Yes, LJ No (J Yes, EX] No C1Yes, ] No 5250~5350 C1 Yes, KX} No XX Yes , [J No L1 Yes, Kl No LJ Yes, KX] No 5470~5725 LJ Yes, BJ No Xt Yes, LJ No C1 Yes, Ej No [1 Yes, Xx] No

. 5725~5850 LJ Yes, Ed No Bd Yes, L] No C1 Yes, KX] No C1 Yes , X] No

- (3) Country code selection ability - [1] Yes , XX] No if yes, pls explain how it was implemented: (pls also help to provide detail of options for each country selection)

(4) Meet 15.202 requirement - DJ Yes , [1 No, pls check below :

LA master device is defined as a device operating in a mode in which it has the capability to transmit without receiving an enabling signal. In this mode it is able to select a channel and initiate a network by sending enabling signals fo other devices WA client device is defined as a device operating in a mode in which the transmissions of the device are under control of the master. A device in client mode is not able to initiate a network.

(5) For client devices that have software configuration control to operate in different modes (active scanning in some and passive scanning in others) in different bartds (devices with multiple equipment classes or those that operate on non-DFS frequencies) or modular devices which configure the modes of operations through software, the application must provide software and operations description on how the software and / or hardware is implemented to ensure that proper operations modes can not be modified by end user or an installer.

[Apply , KJ No Apply, (If apply , pls help to provide explanation on it was implement , and how software was controlled) Address: 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei 112, Taiwan

 

 

/=It ea FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 Federal Communications Commission Aug. 15, 2018 Authorization and Evaluation Division ATTESTATION FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Product: Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Model: 9560D2W We dont provide any controls or software to allow operation outside the USA frequency band when we sell a product bearing the FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 in USA. Sincerely, son Yen Associate Vice President ASUSTeK. COMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447

 

 

4 EU Declaration of Product Modifications August. 15, 2018 This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, originally granted on 03/07/2018. The major change filed under this application is:

Change #1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number: UX562F, Q536F All models are listed as below:

[Brand | Model Difference ASUS UXS562F All models are electrically identical, different

| Q536F model names are for marketing purpose.

#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.

(only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).

#3: Addition two antennas, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application. Sincerely, Jacksdn Yen / Associate Vice President ASUSTeK C UTER INC. Tel: -4886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

Jit aa FCC ID.: MSQ9560D2 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Federal Communications Commission Aug. 15, 2018 Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant Hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application As outlined below:

Schematics : (9560D2W) Schem.pdf Block Diagram : (9560D2W) BlkDia.pdf Operational Description : (9560D2W) OPDes.pdf The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily Released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely, Jackson Yen// Associate Vice President ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447

 

 

JtEaU>

To whom it may concern:

DTS-UNII Device Declaration Letter We have declared below featured for FCC equipment authorization, Device FCC ID: MSQ9560D2

() DFS Device -- [] Master , (J Client with Radar detection capability ,

&X] Client without radar detection capability, [] N/A Date: August. 15 , 2018

(2) Active / Passive Scanning , adhoc mode access point capability Frequency Band Active Scanning passive scanning Ad Hoc Mode or Access point

(MHz) (the device can (where the device is WIFI Direct capability transmit a probe can listen only with no capability

{beacon)) probes) 2412-2472 O Yes, KI No &] Yes, L] No i] Yes, [] No OO Yes, & No 2422-2462 ( Yes, KJ No hd Yes, LJ No fd Yes, No C1 Yes, X] No 5180-5240 LJ Yes, KI No KK] Yes, LI No LJ Yes, KX] No (1 Yes, KI No 5260-5320 Yes, Ki No XX] Yes, LJ No C1 Yes, KI No OU Yes, XK No 500-5700 2 Yes, KI No XI Yes, LJ) No (1 Yes , Ki No LI Yes, J No 5745-5825 C1 Yes, XK) No KK] Yes, C1 No LJ Yes, KJ No 1 Yes , &] No 5190-5230 CJ Yes, XJ No ] Yes, [No [J Yes, XJ No [J Yes, K] No 5270-5310 LJ] Yes, XJ No Kl Yes, L] No C] Yes, XI No I Yes, K] No 5510-5670 (0 Yes , KI No XI] Yes, L] No (0 Yes, XI No LI Yes, X] No 5755-5795 O Yes, KJ No XI Yes, (J No Yes, No Yes , J] No 5720 LI Yes, KI No i Yes, [1 No LI Yes, K} No (1 Yes, No 5710 Yes , XJ No ] Yes, 1 No ~T oO Yes, X] No CI Yes , KX] No 5210 C1 Yes, XJ No Odes, L]No | Ll Yes, No CI Yes, X] No 5250 LI Yes, KI No & Yes, ] No 1 Yes, KI No [-] Yes , KX] No 290 L] Yes , K] No & Yes, [1 No LJ Yes, ) No [1] Yes , KT No 5530-5690 CJ Yes, J No KI Yes, 1] No LJ Yes , K] No OO Yes, XI No 5570 CU Yes, No KI Yes, [] No L]} Yes, ] No C1 Yes, KINo |

5775 U0 Yes, I No & Yes, No Ly Yes, XINo | [1 Yes, KINo |

This information when programmed into the EEPROM will not be accessible and can not be changed by the end user. If you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact us. Signature, sn Jackglon Yen /

ociate Vice President ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Tel: $886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com

 

 

ffoUES Declaration of Authorization We Name: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Address: 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan City: Peitou, Taipei Country: Taiwan Declare that:

Name Representative of agent: Vincent Lin Agent Company name: DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd. Address: No.5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist., City: New Taipei City 24451 Country Taiwan, R.O.C. is authorized to apply for Certification of the following product(s):

Product description: Inte! Wireless-AC 9560 FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Trademark: Intel on our behalf. Date: 2018/08/15 City: Peitou, Taipei Name: Jackson Yen ) Function: Associate Vice President Signature:

Notes:

(1): Required for FCC application

(2): For FCC it must be the Grantee Code owner or the authorized agent. RF_160, Issue 03

 

 

f Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Subject: Declaration of Changing ID, FCC ID: MSQ9560D2 Date: Feb, 27% , 2018 To Whom It May Concern, We, ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC., would like to proceed a change ID project. Original application information:

Company name: Intel Mobile Communications FCC ID: PD99560D2 Product name: Intel Wireless-AC 9560 Model name: 9560D2W Original issued date: December. 145, 2017 We would like to market the above referenced product under our FCC ID:

MSQ9560D2 and part no. is 9560D2W. All other hardware and software is identical with original granted. This application has been authorized by Intel Mobile Communications. We would like to declare that MSQ9560D2 is electrically identical and the only changed is the label on the device. The original test results continue to be representative of and applicable to the changed equipment. Sincerely,

 

 

Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Re: Change of Identification Authorization, FCC ID: PD99560D2 Date: January 30, 2018 To Whom It May Concern:

This letter grants authorization for representatives of ASUSTeK Computer Inc. to apply to the FCC for a change in identification as specified under 47CFR2.933 of the FCC rules. This authorization applies to the Intel Corporation, Intel Wireless 9560, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac+ BT Solder Down form factor, model: 9560D2W, FCC ID: PD99560D2, approved on 12/14/2017. We are aware that ASUSTeK Computer Inc. intends to market the above referenced product under their FCC ID: MSQ9560D2, part number 9560D2W. Sincerely, Date: January 30, 2018 Steven C. Hackett Product Regulations Engineer Wireless Platforms R&D TEL: 803-216-2344 CELL: 803-315-6704 steven.c.hackett@intel.com Intel Mobile Communications 100 Center Point Circle, Suite 200 Columbia, South Carolina 29210 USA